WO2024032634A1 - 加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质 - Google Patents

加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032634A1
WO2024032634A1 PCT/CN2023/111831 CN2023111831W WO2024032634A1 WO 2024032634 A1 WO2024032634 A1 WO 2024032634A1 CN 2023111831 W CN2023111831 W CN 2023111831W WO 2024032634 A1 WO2024032634 A1 WO 2024032634A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
target
material box
seasoning
feeding
discharge pipe
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/111831
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
董广伟
韩海强
马亮亮
周勐弢
李薇
吴任迪
Original Assignee
添可智能科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210953321.8A external-priority patent/CN117617791A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202210951444.8A external-priority patent/CN117617752A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202210984023.5A external-priority patent/CN117617792A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211056655.1A external-priority patent/CN117652861A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211071813.0A external-priority patent/CN117652839A/zh
Priority claimed from CN202211061205.1A external-priority patent/CN117652835A/zh
Application filed by 添可智能科技有限公司 filed Critical 添可智能科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024032634A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032634A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J36/00—Parts, details or accessories of cooking-vessels
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J47/00—Kitchen containers, stands or the like, not provided for in other groups of this subclass; Cutting-boards, e.g. for bread
    • A47J47/01—Kitchen containers, stands or the like, not provided for in other groups of this subclass; Cutting-boards, e.g. for bread with dispensing devices
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47J—KITCHEN EQUIPMENT; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; APPARATUS FOR MAKING BEVERAGES
    • A47J27/00—Cooking-vessels

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of cooking devices, and in particular to a feeding control method and device, cooking equipment and storage media.
  • Cooking equipment is an electrical device that can cook cooking ingredients. During the cooking process, the main machine controller of the cooking equipment can control the feeding device to add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, thereby completing cooking.
  • Sensors can be installed in each bottle in the feeding device to detect the discharge amount of each bottle. Avoid the fact that the actual discharge volume of the material bottle is not equal to the preset volume due to lack of material in the material bottle or other reasons.
  • this application provides a feeding control method and device, cooking equipment and storage medium.
  • the technical solutions adopted are as follows.
  • This application provides a feeding control method, which is used to control a feeding device to add seasonings to a cooking container of a cooking device.
  • the feeding device includes a plurality of feeding boxes.
  • the method includes: obtaining discharging indication information, and the discharging indication information is used to indicate a target feeding box. It is the currently discharging material box among multiple material boxes; based on the detection results of the weighing sensor used to detect the total weight of multiple material boxes and the discharging instruction information, the actual current discharging amount of the target material box is calculated.
  • the present application provides a feeding device for adding seasonings to a cooking container of a cooking device.
  • the feeding device includes: a plurality of feeding boxes; an acquisition unit for acquiring discharging instruction information, and the discharging instruction information is used for instructing multiple feeding boxes.
  • the target material box in the material box, and starts the discharging process; the calculation unit is used to calculate the current actual output of the target material box based on the detection results of the weighing sensor used to detect the total weight of multiple material boxes and the discharging instruction information. Material quantity.
  • the present application provides a feeding device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store programs, and the processor calls the program stored in the memory to execute the method as explained in the above embodiment.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores programs and data.
  • the program is executed by a processor and is used to implement the method described in the above embodiments.
  • the present application provides a feeding system.
  • the feeding system includes a feeding device and a control end.
  • the control end is communicatively connected with the feeding device and is used to control the feeding device to perform a feeding operation and implement the feeding control method as described in the above embodiment.
  • the cooking equipment includes a cooking container, a feeding device and a feeding pipe assembly;
  • the feeding device includes a feeding device and a control end, and the feeding device includes a plurality of feeding boxes and a discharge pipe corresponding to each feeding box, each The discharge pipes are respectively connected with the feeding pipe assembly to add seasonings required for cooking to the cooking container through the feeding pipe assembly;
  • the feeding device also includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the processor, It is used to implement the feeding control method as explained in the above embodiment.
  • This application provides a feeding device, including: a material amount detection unit, a weighing sensor and multiple material boxes.
  • the weighing sensor is used to detect the total weight of the multiple material boxes;
  • the material amount detection unit is used to obtain the discharged material Instruction information, based on the discharging instruction information and the detection results of the weighing sensor, calculate the current actual discharging volume of the target material box;
  • the target material box is the currently discharging material box among the multiple material boxes indicated by the discharging instruction information. .
  • the present application provides a cooking device, including a feeding device as explained in the above embodiment.
  • the present application provides a cooking equipment, including a feeding device and a cooking container, wherein the feeding device includes a weighing component including a weighing sensor; a plurality of material boxes are provided on the weighing component, and the weighing sensor is used to detect multiple The total weight of the material box; the material consumption detection unit is used to obtain the discharging instruction information, and calculate the current actual material discharging amount of the target material box based on the discharging instruction information and the detection results of the weighing sensor; the target material box is the output The material box currently being discharged among the multiple material boxes indicated by the material indication information; at least two material conveying components, the material conveying components correspond to the material boxes one-to-one, and each material conveying component includes a material conveying pipe and a first pipe section connection parts, a second pipe section connecting piece and a driving piece.
  • the feeding pipeline includes a first pipe section and a second pipe section.
  • the first pipe section connecting piece is fixed to the weighing component.
  • the corresponding material box is connected to the first pipe section connecting piece.
  • the first pipe section The first pipe section connecting piece and the second pipe section connecting piece are connected, the second pipe section is connected to the second pipe section connecting piece and the driving piece, the downstream of the driving piece is connected to the cooking container, and the second pipe section connecting piece is fixed to the driving piece.
  • This application provides a feeding structure, which is characterized in that it includes a weighing component, including a weighing sensor, which is used to detect the total weight of multiple boxes on the weighing component; a material amount detection unit is used to obtain The discharging instruction information, based on the discharging instruction information and the detection results of the weighing sensor, calculates the current actual discharging volume of the target box; target The material box is the material box that is currently being discharged among the multiple material boxes indicated by the discharging instruction information; there are at least two sets of material conveying components, and the material conveying components include a material conveying pipeline, a first pipe segment connector, a second pipe segment connector and a driver.
  • the material conveying pipeline includes a first pipe section and a second pipe section.
  • the first pipe section connector is used to access seasonings.
  • the first pipe section connects the first pipe section connector and the second pipe section connector.
  • the second pipe section connects the second pipe section connector. and a driving part, the downstream part of the driving part is used to be connected to the cooking container, the first pipe section connecting part is fixed to the weighing component, and the second pipe section connecting part is fixed to the driving part.
  • Embodiments of the present application at least have the following beneficial effects: setting load sensors for total weight detection for multiple boxes, and based on the detection results of the load sensors during the process of discharging target boxes in the multiple boxes, The load sensor of the target material box can be calculated and the discharging condition of the target material box can be detected. There is no need to set up sensors for multiple boxes for detection, which reduces the number of sensors required to detect the discharging condition of any box and reduces costs.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a feeding device
  • Figure 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the material box in the feeding device shown in Figure 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device for cooking equipment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another feeding device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 5 is a side view of the feeding device shown in Figure 4.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a method for detecting the amount of ingredients used in cooking equipment provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a material shortage detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a material amount detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another material amount detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic flow chart of the feeding control method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a functional module schematic diagram of the feeding control device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a system structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of the feeding control method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a functional module schematic diagram of the feeding control device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 19 is a system structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic flow chart of the pipeline cleaning method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a functional module schematic diagram of the pipeline cleaning device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a system structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of the material box fitted on the weighing assembly.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of several feeding assemblies.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a single feeding assembly.
  • Figure 29 is an exploded schematic view of a single feed assembly.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of the layout of the first pipe section connector in Figure 25;
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of a feeding device
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a base for a feeding device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic top view of the protective cover and the base for the feeding device
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another feeding device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 35 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding device shown in Figure 34 with the protective cover removed;
  • Figure 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the feeding device shown in Figure 34;
  • Fig. 37 is a partial enlarged view of the feeding device shown in Fig. 36.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the quantity of indicated technical features.
  • features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the described features.
  • the meaning of “plurality” refers to two or more than two, unless otherwise explicitly and specifically limited.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense.
  • connection can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection.
  • Connection, or integral connection can be a mechanical connection, a direct connection, or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium, or an internal connection between two elements or an interactive relationship between two elements.
  • connection or integral connection
  • it can be determined according to specific circumstances. Understand the specific meaning of the above terms in this application.
  • the term “above” or “below” a first feature on a second feature may include direct contact between the first and second features, or may also include the first and second features. Not in direct contact but through additional characteristic contact between them.
  • the terms “above”, “above” and “above” a first feature on a second feature include the first feature being directly above and diagonally above the second feature, or simply mean that the first feature is higher in level than the second feature.
  • “Below”, “below” and “beneath” the first feature of the second feature includes the first feature being directly above and diagonally above the second feature, or simply means that the first feature has a smaller horizontal height than the second feature.
  • parallel refers to a state where the angle formed by a straight line and a straight line, a straight line and a surface, or a surface and a surface is -1° to 1°.
  • perpendicular refers to a state where the angle formed by a straight line and a straight line, a straight line and a surface, or a surface and a surface is 89° to 91°.
  • Equal distances or equal angles refer to a state where the tolerance range is -1% to 1%.
  • Cooking equipment is an electrical device that can cook cooking ingredients without human supervision. The user puts the prepared main ingredients and ingredients into the cooking container of the cooking equipment and sets the program. The cooking equipment can automatically fry, fry, cook, deep-fry, burst, simmer, steam, boil, roast, etc. according to the set program. It has multiple functions such as stewing and stewing, and can add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment through the feeding device, realizing automated cooking.
  • the feeding device mainly refers to a device for adding seasonings, and of course it is not excluded that it may be a device for adding main ingredients.
  • various seasonings are placed in each material box of the feeding device, especially seasonings in a liquid or fluid state. Seasonings include auxiliary supplies used by people to prepare food, such as single seasonings such as soy sauce, salt, soy sauce, and compound seasonings such as chicken essence seasoning.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device.
  • the feeding device 1100 can be applied in cooking equipment.
  • the feeding device 1100 includes a base 1110 and a plurality of feeding boxes 1121 to 1127. A plurality of cartridges 1121 to 1127 are provided above the base 1110 .
  • the user puts various condiments into individual material boxes 1121 to 1127 respectively.
  • the base 1110 is provided with a pump corresponding to each material box. Each pump is used to pump out the spices from its corresponding material box.
  • the base 1110 is provided with a material output interface 1111 and an electrical interface 1112.
  • the seasoning extracted from the material box can be transported to the cooking container of the cooking device through the material output interface 1111 through the material conveying pipe.
  • the cooking vessel may be located in the main body of the cooking device.
  • the main machine can provide power to the feeding device 1100 through the electrical interface 1112.
  • Main machine and feeding Device 1100 may communicate via wired or wireless means.
  • the wireless communication method may be, but is not limited to, Bluetooth, ZigBee, wireless-fidelity technology (wireless-fidelity, WiFi), etc.
  • the processor provided on the main body can control the feeding device 1100 to automatically add seasonings to the cooking container 121 located in the main machine based on the information interaction between the main body and the feeding device, and receive a response from the feeding device 1100 as to whether there is no ingredient in the feeding box. Waiting for test results.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a material box.
  • the cartridge 1200 shown in FIG. 2 may be any one of the cartridges 1121 to 1127.
  • an internal pipeline 1211 is provided inside the cartridge 1200
  • an external pipeline 1211 is provided outside the cartridge 1200 .
  • the bottom of the inner tube 1211 may or may not be in contact with the bottom of the cartridge 1200 .
  • a protrusion 1240 may be provided on the side wall of the cartridge 1200 near the top.
  • the top of the inner pipe 1210 is connected to the top of the outer pipe 1211 through the bottom of the protrusion 1240 .
  • the fluid in the cartridge 1200 can flow to the output interface 1111 after passing through the internal pipeline 1211 and the external pipeline 1211 .
  • the pump 1220 corresponding to the material box 1200 can provide power for the flow of fluid in the internal pipe 1211 and the external pipe 1211, so that the fluid in the material box 1200 flows to the output interface 1111, that is, the material box 1200 is discharged.
  • the material box 1200 may be disposed on the loading platform of the feeding device 1100 .
  • the upper surface of the load platform may expose the upper surface of the base 1110 .
  • a fixing device 1250 can also be provided at the bottom of the material box 1200.
  • the fixing device 1250 may be a recessed portion provided at the bottom of the cartridge 1200 and recessed into the cartridge 1200 . The recessed portion cooperates with the protruding portion provided on the load platform, so that the relative position of the magazine 1200 and the load platform is stable.
  • a liquid level switch 1230 can be provided on the side wall of the material box.
  • the liquid level switch 1230 includes a prism structure and an optoelectronic component.
  • the height of the prism structure may be determined based on the height of the bottom of the inner tube 1211.
  • the height of the triangular prism structure may be consistent with the height of the bottom of the inner duct 1211 .
  • Optoelectronic components include light emitters and light receivers. Air and fluid have different refractive indexes for the light signal emitted by the light emitter. When the amount of fluid in the cartridge 1200 is large and covers the prism structure, the optical signal emitted by the light emitter cannot be transmitted to the light receiver. When the amount of fluid in the cartridge 1200 is small and the prism structure is not covered, the light signal emitted by the light emitter is transmitted to the light receiver.
  • the light receiver can send light signal reception information to the box detection device after receiving the light signal from the light emitter.
  • the material box detection device receives the optical signal reception information sent by the light receiver, it can determine that the material box 1200 is short of material.
  • the material box detection device When the material box detection device determines that the material box 1200 is short of material, it can send a reminder message to remind the user to replenish the seasoning. For example, the material box detection device can send the lack of material indication information to the main machine of the cooking equipment to indicate that the abnormal indicator light set in the main machine flashes, or instructs the control buzzer set in the main machine to sound a buzzer, or instructs the main body to The speakers set up in the machine perform voice broadcasts and other methods to remind users to replenish seasonings.
  • the prism structure is provided on the inner side of the box body of the material box, which increases the difficulty of manufacturing the material box and affects the appearance of the material box.
  • the box is equipped with sensors for detection, and more electronic components are needed in the feeding device, making the cost of the feeding device higher.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a feeding device, a feeding amount detection method and a device for cooking equipment.
  • the method for detecting the amount of material provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 3 to 6 .
  • FIG 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device for cooking equipment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feeding device is a part of the cooking equipment, which is used to realize automatic cooking, and may specifically be a cooking robot.
  • the feeding device includes a plurality of material boxes 1310, a load sensor 1320, and a material amount detection unit 1330.
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 may be a module configured in the control unit of the cooking device that is responsible for material usage detection, such as a certain software or a certain functional unit of the software.
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 may be used to perform the material shortage detection method shown in FIG. 7 or the material usage detection method shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the specific structure of the feeding device shown in Fig. 3 can be referred to the description shown in Fig. 4.
  • the feeding device 1400 includes a base 1410 and a plurality of feeding boxes 1431 to 143n.
  • the base 1410 is provided with a lower fixing frame 1421 and an upper fixing frame 1422, and the load cell 1424 is located between the lower fixing frame 1421 and the upper fixing frame 1422.
  • the lower fixing frame 1421 is fixed inside the base 1410.
  • a load platform 1423 is provided on the upper fixed frame 1422.
  • the load platform 1423 may be fixed or placed on the upper mounting frame 1422.
  • the upper surface of load platform 1423 is exposed above base 1410 .
  • a plurality of cartridges 1431 to 143n are placed on the load platform 1423.
  • Each of the plurality of material boxes 1431 to 143n is used to hold a specific seasoning.
  • the material box and can be called the material box.
  • the seasonings contained in each material box can all be liquid.
  • 1431 is used to hold vinegar
  • 1432 is used to hold salt water, etc.
  • the base 1410 is also provided with a plurality of peristaltic pumps corresponding to the plurality of cartridges 1431 to 143n.
  • FIG. 5 is a side view of the feeding device shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the peristaltic pump 1520 is the peristaltic pump corresponding to the cartridge 1530 .
  • the cartridge 1530 may be the cartridge 143n, and the plurality of cartridges 1431 to 143n may have the same structure.
  • Each peristaltic pump is used to extract the seasoning from the corresponding material box of the peristaltic pump.
  • Peristaltic pumps use rollers to squeeze a hose to cause fluid to flow in the hose. It's like squeezing a fluid-filled hose between your fingers. As your fingers slide forward, the fluid in the tube moves forward. Peristaltic pumps have high precision and stability in fluid extraction volume.
  • An internal pipe (not shown) is provided inside the cartridge 1530, and an external pipe 1511 is provided outside the cartridge 1530.
  • the bottom of the inner tube may or may not be in contact with the bottom of the cartridge 1530.
  • a protrusion 1540 may be provided on the side wall of the magazine 1530 near the top. The top of the inner pipe passes through the bottom of the protrusion 1540 and is connected to the top of the outer pipe 1511 .
  • the feeding device 1400 may also include a material amount detection unit.
  • the material amount detection unit can perform the method shown in Figure 3.
  • the load sensor 1320 is used to detect the total weight of the plurality of material boxes 1310; the material amount detection unit 1330 is used to obtain the discharging instruction information, and calculate the current actual discharging amount of the target material box according to the discharging instruction information and the detection result of the weighing sensor 1330; the target material box is indicated by the discharging instruction information.
  • the method of obtaining the discharging instruction information may be to generate the discharging instruction information, or may be to receive the discharging instruction information sent by other devices.
  • a control unit in a cooking device used to control the discharging of a feeding device may send discharging instruction information.
  • the discharging instruction information sent by the control unit can be used to control the discharging of the target material box, or can be used to instruct the material amount detection unit 1330 to control the discharging of the target material box.
  • the dosing device may include multiple conveying devices. Different cartridges 1310 may correspond to different conveying devices. Each conveying device is used to output the materials in the corresponding material box of the conveying device. Each feeding device can be used to send discharging instruction information to the material usage detection unit 1330 when the material in its corresponding material box is output. Therefore, the material box corresponding to the conveying device that sends the discharging instruction information is the target material box.
  • the conveying device can send discharging instruction information periodically or non-periodically when outputting the materials in its corresponding material box.
  • the output device can also send material discharging stop information to the material usage detection unit 1330 when it stops outputting the material in its corresponding material box.
  • the feeding device may include a discharging detection unit, which is used to detect the discharging conditions of multiple material boxes 1910 to determine the current target box for discharging materials in the multiple material boxes 1910 .
  • the discharging detection unit may be used to send discharging indication information to the material usage detection unit 1330 when it is determined that at least one of the plurality of material boxes 1910 is discharging.
  • the discharging detection unit can send discharging indication information periodically or aperiodically.
  • the discharging detection unit may also send discharging stop information to the material usage detection unit 1330 when detecting that the target material box stops discharging.
  • the feeding device shown in Figure 3 may also include a loading platform.
  • the load platform is used to carry the plurality of material boxes 1310, and the load sensor 1320 is located below the load platform.
  • the load sensor 1320 is used to detect the total weight of the plurality of boxes, specifically to detect the weight of objects carried by the load platform.
  • the actual discharge amount of the target material box can be determined by first obtaining the first weight of the current multiple material boxes 1310 based on the real-time detection results of the multiple material boxes 1310 by the load sensor 1320, and through The second weight of the plurality of material boxes 1310 within the target time length; then, calculate the difference between the first weight and the second weight to obtain the actual discharge amount after the target time length.
  • the target material box continues to be discharged.
  • the difference between the weights of the multiple cartridges 1310 detected by the load sensor 1320 at the starting point and the end point of the target time length is calculated, that is, the weight change of the multiple cartridges 1310.
  • the target material box in the plurality of material boxes 1310 is discharging material. Therefore, the weight reduction of the plurality of material boxes 1310 is the weight change of the target material box, which can be As the current actual output of the target material box. Therefore, by setting one load sensor 1320 for multiple boxes 1310, it is possible to detect the amount of material discharged from one of the boxes without setting multiple sensors, thereby reducing the number of sensors and reducing costs.
  • the load sensor 1320 can detect the weight of multiple boxes periodically or non-periodically.
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 can also be used to detect whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box.
  • the target material box is short of material, that is, the amount of material in the target material box cannot meet the current demand.
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 can determine that the target material box is short of material when the current actual material output of the target material box is small and less than a certain preset value.
  • the material amount detection unit 1330 may be used to determine whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box based on the current actual material discharging amount of the target material box and the theoretical value of the material discharging amount of the target material box. .
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 compares the current actual material discharge quantity of the target material box with the theoretical value of the material discharge quantity of the target material box, and obtains a more accurate judgment result on whether the target material box is short of material.
  • the material amount detection unit 1330 can be used to calculate the ratio of the difference between the first weight and the second weight and the target length of time to obtain the actual discharging of the target material box. speed. Afterwards, the material usage detection unit 1330 may be used to determine whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box based on the current actual material discharging speed of the target material box and the theoretical value of the material discharging speed of the target material box. .
  • Different material boxes can correspond to different theoretical values of discharging speed.
  • the theoretical value of the discharging speed may be preset, or may be determined based on the flow parameters of the conveying device of the target material box.
  • the flow parameters of the conveying device of the target material box can be obtained, and the theoretical value of the discharging speed calculated by weight is calculated according to the flow parameter and the density of the material stored in the target material box.
  • the theoretical value of the discharging speed can be expressed as the product of the flow parameter and the density of the material stored in the target material box. Since the density of materials stored in different material boxes may be different, even if each material box in the multiple material boxes 1310 corresponds to the same flow parameter, in the case where different material boxes are used as target material boxes, the theoretical value of the discharging speed There may also be differences.
  • the material usage detection unit 1330 may determine that the target material box is out of material when the difference obtained by subtracting the actual material discharging speed from the theoretical value of the material discharging speed is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the feeding device also includes a peristaltic pump as a conveying device.
  • the peristaltic pump is used to pump the fluid in the target material box.
  • the flow parameter is the peristaltic pump pumping the fluid in the target material box per unit time. volume of.
  • the feeding device may include a plurality of peristaltic pumps corresponding to each of the cartridges in the cartridge 1310 .
  • Each peristaltic pump can be used to pump out materials from the corresponding material box.
  • the theoretical value of the flow parameter of the peristaltic pump is almost equal to the actual value, that is, the flow parameter set for the peristaltic pump has high accuracy and stability.
  • Using a peristaltic pump to pump materials in the target material box can improve the accuracy of judging whether there is a lack of food in the target material box.
  • the material box can be used to carry condiments; the material amount detection device unit 1330 can be specifically used to receive cooking materials.
  • the material discharging instruction information sent by the controller of the cooking equipment, the material discharging from the target material box is used to put into the cooking container of the cooking equipment, and the feeding device belongs to the cooking equipment.
  • the amount of various seasonings used has a great impact on the taste of the dishes.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a material amount detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the material discharging amount detection method provided in this embodiment can be specifically applied to electronic equipment with a material discharging amount detection function.
  • the electronic device may be located in the dosing device.
  • the dosing device may include a load cell and multiple feed boxes.
  • the feeding device can be, for example, the feeding device shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4
  • the method shown in Figure 6 includes S1601 to S1602.
  • the discharging instruction information is obtained, and the discharging instruction information is used to indicate that the target material box among the multiple material boxes is the currently discharging material box.
  • obtaining the discharging instruction information may be to generate the discharging instruction information, or may be to receive the discharging instruction information sent by other devices.
  • Method 1600 may be used in a cooking device.
  • the cooking device may include a cooking vessel and the plurality of cartridges.
  • the material box can be used to carry condiments.
  • the device executing method 1600 can generate discharging instruction information when the spices in the target material box need to be put into the cooking container.
  • the discharging instruction information is used to control the discharging of the target material box.
  • the device executing method 1600 may receive discharging instruction information sent by the controller of the cooking device, and the discharging of the target material box is used to put the material into the cooking container of the cooking device.
  • the discharging instruction information sent by the controller can be used to control the discharging of the target box.
  • the discharging instruction information sent by the controller can be used to instruct the device executing method 1600 to control the discharging of the target box.
  • the discharging instruction information can be used to instruct the target material box to start discharging materials, that is, to instruct the target material box to start the discharging process.
  • the device executing method 1600 may receive discharging instruction information sent by the conveying device or the discharging detection unit.
  • Each conveying device is used to output the materials in the corresponding material box of the conveying device.
  • Each feeding device can be used to send discharging instruction information to the device executing method 1600 when outputting the materials in its corresponding material box. Therefore, the material box corresponding to the conveying device that sends the discharging instruction information is the target material box.
  • the conveying device can send discharging instruction information periodically or non-periodically when outputting the materials in its corresponding material box.
  • the material discharging detection unit is used to detect the material discharging conditions of the plurality of material boxes 1910 to determine the current target material box for material discharging in the plurality of material boxes 1910 .
  • the discharging detection unit can be used to determine that at least one of the plurality of material boxes is discharging.
  • discharging instruction information is sent to the device executing method 1600 to indicate at least one material box being discharging.
  • the at least one material box is the target material box.
  • the discharging detection unit can send discharging indication information periodically or aperiodically.
  • the device executing method 1600 may determine the target material box to start the discharging process when receiving the discharging instruction information for the first time.
  • the current actual discharging amount of the target material box is calculated based on the detection result of the load sensor used to detect the total weight of the multiple material boxes and the discharging instruction information.
  • the time point at which the target material box starts discharging material can be determined based on the material discharging instruction information, that is, the time point at which the target material box starts discharging material. After the time point when the discharging instruction information starts discharging, the target material box is discharged.
  • the multiple material boxes can be placed on a load platform, the load sensor is located below the load platform, the load platform is used to carry the multiple material boxes, and the load sensor is used to detect the multiple material boxes.
  • the total weight of the box specifically the weight of the objects carried by the load platform.
  • the current actual material output of the target material box can refer to the material output of the target material box before or within a short period of time after the current time.
  • Load cells are used to detect the total weight of multiple boxes.
  • the first weight of the plurality of material boxes at present and the second weight of the plurality of material boxes after a target time length can be respectively obtained according to the real-time detection results of the weighing sensor.
  • the load sensor can perform detection at the present time to obtain the first weight, and perform detection at a time point after a target length of time has elapsed to obtain the second weight.
  • the difference between the first weight and the second weight can be calculated, and based on the discharging instruction information, the difference can be determined to be the current actual discharging amount of the target material box.
  • the target material box among the multiple material boxes is discharging. Therefore, the weight reduction of the multiple material boxes is the weight change of the target material box, which can be used as the current actual output amount of the target material box. Therefore, by setting one weighing sensor for multiple boxes, it is possible to detect the output of a single box without setting up multiple sensors, reducing the number of sensors and reducing costs.
  • the load cell can detect the weight of multiple boxes periodically or non-periodically.
  • the target time length may be the time length between the time point when the target material box starts discharging and the latest time point when the load sensor performs detection.
  • the target length of time could be the length of time between detections on adjacent sides of the load cell.
  • the target time length is the time length between detections on adjacent sides of the load cell
  • the target time length may be random or preset.
  • the load cell can perform periodic detection
  • the target time length can be the length of the detection period.
  • the preset time length can be used as the target time length, and S1602 can be performed periodically.
  • the discharging stop information can also be obtained.
  • the discharging stop information is used to instruct the target box to stop discharging.
  • the load sensor can detect when the target box stops discharging.
  • the time length between the time point when the target box stops discharging and the time point when the load sensor performs the last detection according to the preset time period during the target box discharging process can be used as the target time length for the last S1602. Therefore, during the discharging process of the target material box, the discharging amount of the target material box can be continuously monitored.
  • the discharging stop information may be generated by the device executing method 1600, or the discharging stop information may be received by the device executing method 1600 and sent by other devices.
  • the discharging indication information may indicate the duration of discharging the target material box.
  • the target time length can be less than or equal to the target material box discharging time.
  • the duration of the target material box discharging can be an integer multiple of the target time length. Therefore, after the target material box starts discharging, S1602 can be performed periodically according to the target time length. Therefore, during the discharging process of the target material box, the discharging amount of the target material box can be continuously monitored.
  • S1602 can be performed periodically multiple times using the preset time length as the target time length.
  • the number of times S1602 is performed periodically according to the preset duration may be obtained by dividing the duration of discharging materials from the target material box by the preset duration.
  • the remainder of the target box discharging time period divided by the preset time length can be used as the target time length to perform S1602 again. Therefore, during the discharging process of the target material box, the discharging amount of the target material box is continuously monitored.
  • each step of S1602 it can be determined whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box based on the current actual material output of the target material box.
  • S1602 is performed at a certain time, if it is determined that the current actual output volume of the target material box is small and less than a certain preset value, it can be determined that the target material box is short of material. That is to say, when the target material box should be discharged, the total weight of multiple material boxes is almost unchanged, that is, the actual discharge volume of the target material box is very small. In this case, it is possible to determine the amount of material in the target material box. Lack of material.
  • the theoretical value of the discharging amount of the target material box may be determined based on the theoretical value of the discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the theoretical value of the material discharging amount of the target material box is the product of the theoretical value of the material discharging speed of the target material box and the target time length.
  • the target material box is short of material.
  • the actual discharging speed of the target material box can also be calculated based on the actual material discharging amount of the target material box, and whether the target material box is short of material can be determined based on the actual discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the ratio of the difference between the first weight and the second weight and the target length of time can be calculated to obtain the actual discharging speed of the target material box. Therefore, based on the actual discharging speed of the target material box, it can be determined whether the target material box is Is there any shortage of materials?
  • the target material box can be determined to be short of material according to the theoretical value of the material discharging speed of the target material box and the actual material discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the target material box is short of material.
  • the number of target boxes is one or more. If all target boxes are short of material, the actual discharging speed of the target boxes is almost 10. When there are multiple target boxes, and some or all of the boxes are short of material, the actual discharging speeds of the multiple target boxes are smaller than the theoretical value of the discharging speed of the target boxes. Therefore, based on the theoretical value of the discharging speed and the actual discharging speed of the target material box, it is possible to accurately determine whether some or all of the target material boxes are short of material when there are multiple target material boxes.
  • the time length between the detection of adjacent sides of the weighing sensor is used as the target time length to judge whether the target material box is short of material, making the judgment result more timely and accurate. Therefore, the execution method 1700 can promptly respond to and handle the shortage of materials in the target material box.
  • the target material box is short of material.
  • the theoretical value of the discharging speed of the target material box can be understood as the weight of the material transported by the conveying device of the target material box per unit time.
  • the theoretical value of the discharging speed can be preset or determined based on the flow parameters.
  • the flow parameter may be the flow rate per unit time, which is used to represent the volume of fluid delivered by the delivery device per unit time.
  • the flow parameters of the conveying device of the target box can be obtained. Therefore, the theoretical value of the discharging speed calculated by weight can be calculated based on the flow parameter and the density of the material stored in the target material box.
  • the flow parameters and the density of materials in the target material box can be preset.
  • the actual fluid extraction volume per unit time of a peristaltic pump has high accuracy and stability. That is to say, when a peristaltic pump is used to pump fluid in a target material box, the preset flow parameters have a high accuracy with the volume of material actually pumped by the peristaltic pump per unit time. Therefore, when a peristaltic pump is used to pump materials in the target material box, the actual discharging speed of the target material box is basically the same as the theoretical discharging speed of the target material box. This makes the judgment result of whether the target material box is short of material more accurate.
  • the flow parameter is the volume of fluid in the target material box pumped by the peristaltic pump as a delivery device in unit time.
  • a reminder message can be output to remind the user to add material to the material box.
  • the device executing method 1600 can control the flashing of the abnormal indicator light, voice broadcast, and beeper. Reminder information is output through buzzer sound and other methods to remind users. Alternatively, the device executing method 1600 can send reminder information to other control devices, so that the other control devices control the flashing of abnormal indicator lights, voice broadcasts, buzzer sounds, etc. to remind the user.
  • the weighing sensor is set to detect the total weight of multiple boxes, and the actual weight of the target box is determined based on the detection results detected by the weighing sensor and the target box being unloaded indicated by the discharging instruction information. Output amount. Therefore, there is no need to set up a sensor for each material box, and fewer sensors can be used to detect the output of each material box, reducing costs.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of a material shortage detection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1700 shown in FIG. 7 can be performed using the material discharging amount detection device provided in the base 1410 of the feeding device 1400 shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
  • FIG. 5 is a side view of the feeding device 1400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the method 1700 described in Figure 7 includes S1701 to S1305.
  • the discharging instruction information sent by the controller in the main machine is received.
  • the discharging instruction information is used to instruct the target material box to discharge material.
  • the plurality of cartridges 1431 to 143n in the feeding device 1400 include target cartridges.
  • the target magazine may be any one of the plurality of magazines 1431 to 143n.
  • the program in the main machine of the cooking equipment will set the various seasonings required and the order in which the various seasonings are put into the cooking container of the main machine, so that the various seasonings required are put in sequentially.
  • Cooking vessel When cooking a certain dish, according to the dish program setting, when the seasoning in the target material box needs to be put in, the controller in the main machine sends discharging instruction information to the feeding device 1400.
  • the discharging instruction information can be used to control the peristaltic pump corresponding to the target material box to extract the spices in the target material box.
  • the feeding device 1400 may also include a discharging control unit.
  • the discharging instruction information can be used to instruct the discharging control unit to control the peristaltic pump corresponding to the target material box to extract the seasoning in the target material box.
  • the seasoning extracted from the target material box can be transported to the cooking container of the main machine through the feeding pipe.
  • the discharging amount detection device in the feeding device 1400 can receive the discharging instruction information sent by the controller in the main machine, and perform S1702.
  • the actual discharging amount of the target material box is calculated based on the discharging instruction information and the detection result of the load sensor 1424.
  • the load sensor 1424 is used to detect the total weight of the plurality of cartridges 1431 to 143n. Among the plurality of material boxes 1431 to 143n, when only the target material box is discharging material, the reduction in the total weight of the plurality of material boxes 1431 to 143n is the actual discharging amount of the target material box.
  • Peristaltic pumps have high accuracy and stability in the speed of fluid extraction.
  • the seasoning in the target material box When the volume is in a normal state, the actual discharging speed of the target material box is basically equal to the product of the pumping flow rate of the peristaltic pump pumping the fluid in the target material box and the density of the material; the latter is called the theoretical value of the discharging speed.
  • the theoretical value of the discharge speed of the fluid in the target box pumped by the peristaltic pump can also be understood as the predicted discharge speed or baseline flow rate.
  • the load sensor 1424 can periodically detect the total weight of the multiple boxes 1431 to 143n every time a detection cycle, also known as a target time period, passes.
  • the reduction in the total weight of the multiple boxes 1431 to 143n in the detection period corresponding to the two detections is calculated.
  • the reduction is the target box in the detection period. actual output.
  • the current actual material discharging amount of the target material box it can be detected whether the current discharging operation is normal, and combined with the theoretical value of the material discharging amount of the target material box, it can be determined whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box.
  • the weight value detected at the starting point and end point of the target time period can be converted into the discharging speed of, As a basis for determining whether the target material box is short of material.
  • the ratio of the actual discharging amount of the target item in the detection cycle to the length of the detection cycle can be calculated to obtain the actual discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the actual discharging speed can also be understood as the actual flow rate.
  • the length of the detection period may be 13 seconds (s).
  • the total weight of the multiple boxes 1431 to 143n at the beginning of a certain detection period is subtracted from the total weight at the end of the certain detection period.
  • the difference obtained is divided by the length of the detection period 13s.
  • the weight of the target box in the detection period can be calculated. The actual discharging speed of the detection cycle.
  • the target material box is short of material.
  • the target material box is controlled to stop discharging materials, and a reminder message is output.
  • Control the target material box to stop discharging that is, control the peristaltic pump corresponding to the target material box to stop pumping the fluid in the target material box.
  • the reminder message is used to remind the user that the target material box is out of material. Users can add seasonings to the target material box according to the reminder information.
  • the actual change in the total weight of each material box monitors the actual amount of seasoning used in that material box. And, based on the difference between the actual change amount and the predicted material discharge amount, it is determined whether the certain material box is short of material.
  • a weighing sensor can detect the amount of material discharged from any of the multiple boxes and determine whether there is a shortage of material, thereby reducing the number of electronic components used in the feeding device and reducing the cost of the entire machine.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a material amount detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the material usage detection device shown in FIG. 8 can be used in the material shortage detection method shown in FIG. 7 or the material usage detection method shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the material usage detection device shown in FIG. 8 may be the material usage detection unit shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the material amount detection device includes: an acquisition unit 1801 and a calculation unit 1802.
  • the obtaining unit 1801 is configured to obtain discharging instruction information, where the discharging instruction information is used to indicate that the target material box is the current discharging target material box among the plurality of material boxes.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is configured to calculate the current actual discharging amount of the target material box based on the detection results of the load sensors used to detect the total weight of the multiple material boxes and the discharging instruction information.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is also configured to determine whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box based on the current actual material discharging amount of the target material box and the theoretical value of the material discharging amount of the target material box.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is specifically configured to obtain the current first weight of the plurality of material boxes and the second weight of the plurality of material boxes after a target length of time according to the real-time detection result of the weighing sensor. weight.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is also used to calculate the difference between the first weight and the second weight to obtain the actual discharge amount.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is further configured to calculate a ratio of the difference between the first weight and the second weight and the target length of time to obtain the actual discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is also used to determine whether there is a shortage of material in the target material box based on the current actual discharging speed of the target material box and the theoretical value of the discharging speed of the target material box.
  • the acquisition unit 1801 is also used to acquire the flow parameters of the conveying device of the target box.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is also used to calculate the theoretical value of the discharging speed calculated by weight according to the flow parameter and the density of the target material stored in the material box.
  • the calculation unit 1802 is also configured to determine that the target material box is short of material when the difference obtained by subtracting the actual material discharging speed from the theoretical value of the discharging speed is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the flow parameter is the volume of the fluid in the target cartridge pumped by a peristaltic pump as a delivery device per unit time.
  • the load sensor is located below a load platform, the load platform is used to carry the multiple boxes, and the load sensor is used to detect the total weight of the multiple boxes, specifically detecting The weight of the object carried by the load platform.
  • the material box is used to carry condiments.
  • the acquisition unit 1801 is specifically configured to receive the discharging instruction sent by the controller of the cooking device, and the discharging of the target material box is used to put the material into the cooking container of the cooking device.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a material amount detection device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • graphics The interface code generating device is used in the material amount detection method shown in Figure 3 or Figure 6 .
  • the device for generating graphical interface code includes: a memory 1801 , a processor 1802 , a communication interface 1803 and a communication bus 1804 .
  • the memory 1801, the processor 1802, and the communication interface 1803 implement communication connections between each other through the communication bus 1804.
  • the memory 1801 may be a read only memory (ROM), a static storage device, a dynamic storage device or a random access memory (RAM).
  • the memory 1801 can store programs. When the program stored in the memory 1801 is executed by the processor 1802, the processor 1802 and the communication interface 1803 are used to execute various steps of the material usage detection method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1802 may be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a graphics processing unit (GPU), or one or more
  • the integrated circuit is used to execute relevant programs to realize the functions required to be performed by the units in the material usage detection device according to the embodiment of the present application, or to execute the material usage detection method according to the method embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1802 may also be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the material usage detection method of the present application can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1802 .
  • the above-mentioned processor 1802 can also be a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other computer-readable storage media that are mature in this field.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is located in the memory 1801.
  • the processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1801, and combines its hardware to complete the functions required to be performed by the units included in the material usage detection device of the embodiment of the present application, or to perform the method of the present application. Material consumption detection method of the embodiment.
  • the communication interface 1803 uses a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to implement communication between the electronic device shown in Figure 8 and other devices or communication networks.
  • a transceiver device such as but not limited to a transceiver to implement communication between the electronic device shown in Figure 8 and other devices or communication networks.
  • the discharging instruction information can be obtained through the communication interface 1803.
  • Communication bus 1804 may include a path for transmitting information between various components of the electronic device shown in FIG. 8 (eg, memory 1801, processor 1802, communication interface 1803).
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a program.
  • the program is executed by a processor and is used to implement the above-mentioned material amount detection method.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a cooking device, which includes a cooking container and the aforementioned feeding materials. device.
  • the cooking device is activated to start cooking a dish.
  • the controller of the cooking equipment outputs discharging instruction information so that the target box containing salt water among the multiple boxes of the feeding device is discharged, and the target box becomes the currently discharging box.
  • the processor calculates the current actual output quantity of the target material box based on the detection results of the total weight of the multiple material boxes by the weighing sensor. Thereby, monitoring of the discharging amount of the current discharging target material box is realized.
  • the controller of the cooking equipment outputs discharging instruction information so that the target box containing salt water among the multiple boxes of the feeding device is discharged.
  • the processor calculates the current actual output quantity of the target material box based on the detection results of the total weight of the multiple material boxes by the weighing sensor.
  • the processor determines that the target material box is short of material when the difference between the current actual material output of the target material box and the theoretical material output value of the target material box is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic; the software part can be stored in memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or specially designed hardware.
  • an appropriate instruction execution system such as a microprocessor or specially designed hardware.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that the above-described apparatus and methods may be implemented using computer-executable instructions and/or included in processor control code, for example on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory.
  • Such code is provided on a programmable memory (firmware) or on a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier.
  • the devices and modules of the present application may be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc., It can also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or by a combination of the above-mentioned hardware circuits and software, such as firmware.
  • the present application provides a feeding control method.
  • the execution subject of the feeding control method may be a feeding control device, or a feeding device, cooking equipment, server equipment, physical host or user equipment (User) that integrates the feeding control device.
  • Equipment, UE and other different types of equipment, in which the feeding control device can be implemented in the form of hardware or software.
  • the UE can specifically be a terminal device such as a smartphone, tablet computer, notebook computer, handheld computer or desktop computer.
  • This feeding control method can be applied to cooking equipment with cooking functions such as stir-fry machines, food processors, and cooking machines, and is used to control the feeding device to add seasonings required for cooking to the cooking container of the cooking equipment while the cooking equipment is cooking target dishes. .
  • the cooking equipment of the embodiment of the present application can be used to steam, fry, stew, and boil various ingredients to obtain different types of dishes.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feeding device may include at least one material box 2101 and a discharge pipe 2102 corresponding to each material box 2101.
  • Each discharge pipe 2102 A driving unit 2103 is connected correspondingly.
  • Each driving unit 2103 can be used to drive the seasonings in the corresponding material box 2101 to be discharged to the cooking container (not shown in the figure) through the corresponding discharge pipe 2102.
  • Each driving unit 2103 can be configured with The number of turns detection device 2104.
  • Each number of turns detection device 2104 can be used to detect the number of rotations of the corresponding driving unit 2103 in the process of driving the seasoning in the corresponding material box 2101 to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe 2102.
  • Each material box 2101 is also connected to a corresponding feeding device 2108, and each feeding device 2108 stores the same type of seasoning as the seasoning in the corresponding feeding box 2101.
  • the feeding device can include a base 2100, and each material box 2101 can be disposed on the base 2100.
  • Each discharge pipe 2102 is connected to the corresponding material box 2101, and is used to transport the material in the corresponding material box 2101. seasoning.
  • the material box 2101 can be a container used to store or accommodate cooking spices.
  • Each material box 2101 can be configured with a container inlet and a container outlet.
  • the stored spices can flow from the container inlet to the inner cavity of the material box 2101. That is, in the containing cavity; when the cooking equipment is working and the feeding device needs to provide corresponding seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, the seasonings contained in the inner cavity of the material box 2101 can flow out from the container outlet.
  • the container inlet and container outlet of the material box 2101 can be the same port.
  • the seasoning can flow from this port to the inner cavity of the material box 2101 or from this port.
  • the port setting of the material box 2101 can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the seasonings stored in the material box 2101 can be liquid seasonings such as water, oil, soy sauce, vinegar, etc., or a seasoning solution obtained by dissolving solid seasonings such as salt, sugar, chicken essence, etc. in water. Since cooking a dish usually requires more than one seasoning, Therefore, there may be more than one material box 2101 in the embodiment of the present application. Although one material box 2101 is shown in Figure 10, in actual applications, the specific number of material boxes 2101 can be determined according to the actual application conditions. OK, there are no specific restrictions here.
  • each discharge pipe 2102 can be connected to the container outlet of the corresponding material box 2101, and the other end can be connected to a discharge pipe 2107 to be connected to the cooking container through the discharge pipe 2107.
  • the material box 2101 Discharged seasoning It can be circulated to the cooking vessel via the discharge pipe 2102 and the discharge pipe 2107 .
  • each discharge pipe 2102 can be connected to a corresponding driving unit 2103, so that the seasoning can be driven to circulate in the pipe through the driving unit 2103.
  • each driving unit 2103 can generate negative pressure in the pipeline, thereby sucking the seasoning into the discharge pipe 2102 and transporting the seasoning along the discharge pipe 2102. Therefore, the driving unit 2103 can be any existing one.
  • a driving pump structure such as a peristaltic pump, an impeller pump, etc. The details are not limited here.
  • each drive unit 2103 can also be configured with a turn detection device 2104.
  • Each turn detection device 2104 can be used to detect when the corresponding drive unit 2103 drives the seasoning in the corresponding material box 2101 to pass through the corresponding row. The number of rotations during the discharge process of the material pipe 2102.
  • the number of turns detection device 2104 can detect the number of rotation turns of the peristaltic pump motor when the driving unit such as a peristaltic pump is running. Therefore, the number of turns detection device 2104 can be any existing encoder capable of measuring angular displacement. , such as code disk, grating disk, etc., there are no specific restrictions here.
  • the inner cavity of the base 2100 can be used to accommodate some components of the feeding device.
  • the driving unit 2103, the number of turns detection device 2104 and part of the discharge pipe 2102 can all be disposed in In the inner cavity of the base 2100.
  • each material box 2101 can also be connected to a corresponding material replenishing device 2108.
  • Each material replenishing device 2108 can store the same type of seasoning as that in the corresponding material box 2101.
  • the material box 2101 and the replenishing device 2108 The feeding equipment 2108 can be connected through a feeding pipe 2109.
  • the feeding device can also include a weighing component 2106.
  • the weighing component 2106 can be used to weigh the total weight of each material box.
  • the weighing component 2106 can be disposed on the base 2100 of the feeding device.
  • the box 2101 can be disposed on a load platform 2105, and the weighing assembly 2106 can include a load sensor.
  • the load sensor is disposed below the load platform 2105 for total measurement of the load platform 2105 and each box 2101 on the load platform 2105. Weigh the weight.
  • each accommodation slot can place a corresponding material box 2101.
  • the accommodation slot can limit the position of the material box 2101 to avoid loading when the feeding device is moved.
  • the material boxes 2101 on the platform 2105 collide or fall.
  • the discharge pipe 2102 may be a pipeline with an integrated structure, or may be a pipeline with a split structure connected by pipe joints and multiple sections of pipelines.
  • the driving unit 2103 uses a peristaltic pump
  • the discharge pipe 2102 uses a flexible hose.
  • the peristaltic pump pushes the liquid flow in the flexible hose by squeezing the flexible hose. In this way, the peristaltic pump can be avoided to directly interact with the flexible hose.
  • the liquid in the hose is in contact to ensure that the liquid is not contaminated.
  • the discharge pipe 2102 can be a split-structure pipeline connected by a pipe joint and a multi-section pipeline, wherein the multi-section pipe
  • the pipeline can use flexible hoses.
  • the feeding control method of this application includes:
  • the base feeding amount is determined according to the target feeding amount, and the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharging pipe of the target feeding box is determined; the target feeding equipment corresponding to the target feeding box is controlled to replenish the target seasoning to the target feeding box; control
  • the target drive unit drives the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtains the current operation of the target number of turns detection device corresponding to the target drive unit during the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of turns; control the operation of the target drive unit based on the current number of turns and the total number of turns.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of the feeding control method provided in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that although a logical sequence is shown in the flow diagram, in some cases, the steps shown or described may be performed in a different order than here.
  • the feeding control method can be used to control the feeding device to add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment.
  • the feeding control method can include the following multiple steps.
  • Step S2201 Determine the target material box of the seasoning to be replenished, the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target adding amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target adding amount is not greater than the target demand.
  • the existing feeding device determines the amount of seasoning to add to the cooking container based on the weight change of the material box. If there is less seasoning in the material box during the cooking process, the material box needs to be replenished. Because the material box The weight changes after replenishing ingredients. Therefore, before replenishing ingredients, you need to record the amount of spices that have been added to the cooking container, and then start replenishing ingredients. During the replenishing process, you need to pause adding spices to the cooking container until the addition of ingredients is completed. , and then start the drive unit to add the added seasoning to the cooking container. In this way, for seasonings with a large demand, the process of adding seasoning to the cooking container needs to be frequently interrupted.
  • the target material box to be replenished with seasoning may be a material box that is short of material.
  • the feeding device may also include a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box, and the material feeding control device may be connected to each liquid level respectively.
  • the level detection unit is connected through communication, and each liquid level detection unit can be used to detect the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box.
  • determining the target material box to be replenished with seasoning may further include:
  • the liquid level detection signal of each liquid level detection unit to detect the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box; for each liquid level detection unit If the liquid level detection signal of the liquid level detection unit indicates that the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box is lower than the preset shortage liquid level, then the material box corresponding to the liquid level detection unit is determined to be the seasoning to be replenished. target material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit can be any existing liquid level gauge, liquid level detector, liquid level detection sensor or other device or structure that can be used to detect the liquid level. The details will not be discussed here. limited.
  • a material shortage level can be configured in advance.
  • the material shortage level can be used to indicate whether the seasoning in the corresponding material box is lower than the minimum seasoning amount.
  • the material shortage level can be located close to the material box.
  • the seasoning box can be determined is the target material box; and if the seasoning liquid level is not lower than the missing material level, it can be determined that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not low, and the seasoning stored in the material box is sufficient for this cooking. Therefore, it is not necessary to This material box is determined as the target material box.
  • the lack of material level can also be level with the bottom of the inner cavity of the material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit can detect whether there is seasoning in the material box. Only when there is no seasoning in the material box, the liquid level can be detected. Determine this material box as the target material box.
  • the material shortage liquid levels corresponding to each material box can be the same or different, and the height or position of each material shortage liquid level can be determined according to the actual application scenario, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the feeding control device can obtain the liquid level detection signal for detecting the seasoning liquid level in the material box corresponding to each liquid level detection unit. For each liquid level detection unit, if the liquid level output by it The level detection signal indicates that the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box is lower than the lack of material level, then it can be considered that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is low, and then the material box can be determined as the target material box; conversely, if the liquid level The level detection signal indicates that the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box is not lower than the lack of material level, then it can be considered that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not low, and the material box is not determined as the target material box, that is, there is no need to This material box is used for seasoning replenishment.
  • the liquid level detection unit when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the shortage liquid level, the liquid level detection unit outputs a high-level liquid level detection signal, and when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than the When there is a shortage of liquid level, the liquid level detection unit outputs a low-level liquid level detection signal. Therefore, if the liquid level detection signal obtained by the feeding control device is a high-level signal, it can be confirmed that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is low.
  • the liquid level detection signal obtained by the feeding control device is a low-level signal, it can be confirmed that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than the material shortage level, and thus it can be determined based on the liquid level detection signal Target box.
  • the low-level liquid level detection signal can also be used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the lack of material level.
  • the high-level liquid level detection signal is used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the material shortage level. The seasoning liquid level in the box is not lower than the shortage liquid level, so I won’t go into details here.
  • the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box is also the total weight of the target seasoning added to the cooking container for this cooking.
  • the target quantity for the target seasoning in the target material box is determined.
  • the target demand for seasonings can further include:
  • cooking recipes for cooking various dishes can be pre-stored in the cooking equipment.
  • Each recipe can correspond to a dish, and each recipe can record the main ingredients, auxiliary ingredients, seasonings and cooking steps required for cooking the corresponding dish.
  • condiments the type of condiments required and the corresponding demand for each condiment can be recorded in the recipe.
  • the user Before cooking starts, the user can select the corresponding recipe for the cooking equipment according to the target dish to be cooked this time. After selecting the recipe, the feeding control device can read the recipe and obtain the type, demand and cooking information of the spices recorded therein. Steps and other information.
  • the cooking equipment can be configured with an interactive interface, which can display various recipes stored in the cooking equipment, and the user can determine the goal of cooking this time by selecting recipes on the interactive interface. Dishes.
  • the cooking equipment can also be connected to a terminal device through communication.
  • the terminal device can be an existing smart terminal such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a laptop computer.
  • the connection between the terminal device and the cooking equipment can be achieved through any communication method.
  • Network communications including but not limited to, mobile communications based on the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) , computer network communication based on TCP/IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), or based on Bluetooth, mobile hotspot (Wi-Fi), Zigbee wireless network communication, etc.
  • the user can select a recipe in the corresponding program configured on the terminal device, and then the terminal device sends a communication signal to the cooking device to send the recipe information selected by the user to the cooking device, so that the cooking device obtains the information of this cooking time. menu.
  • the feeding control device can also be connected to the cooking equipment through any of the above communication methods.
  • the cooking equipment obtains the target recipe for this cooking
  • the cooking equipment can send the information of the target recipe to the feeding device.
  • the control device is such that the material addition control device obtains the target recipe to be cooked, then reads the target recipe, and determines the target demand for the target seasoning stored in the target material box according to the target recipe.
  • the spices stored in the material boxes and the positions of the material boxes on the tray can be in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first of the eight material boxes is used to store clean water, and the second box is used to store clean water.
  • One material box is used to store oil
  • the third material box is used to store dark soy sauce, and so on.
  • the eighth material box is used to store balsamic vinegar. In this way, when the corresponding seasoning needs to be added to the pot, the amount of the seasoning is stored.
  • the discharge pipe corresponding to the material box can discharge the seasoning to the pot body.
  • the order stored in the cooking equipment can be modified accordingly to ensure that the actual order is consistent with the stored order and avoids the occurrence of misplaced condiments. Condition.
  • determining the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box may further include:
  • Analyze the obtained feeding instructions determine the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box based on the feeding instructions.
  • the adding instruction can be an instruction sent by the user to the cooking device.
  • the user can set the target demand amount of the target seasoning to be added for this cooking on the interactive screen or the terminal device, thereby adding the target amount carrying the target demand amount.
  • the feeding instruction is sent to the cooking equipment. After obtaining the feeding instruction, the cooking equipment can send the feeding instruction to the feeding control device, so that the feeding control device can parse the feeding instruction and extract the target corresponding to the target seasoning carried therein. demand.
  • the target amount of the target seasoning to be added may be equal to the target demand amount of the target seasoning, or may be smaller than the target demand amount of the target seasoning.
  • the target amount of the target seasoning should be equal to the target demand amount of the target seasoning. For example, before starting cooking, if it is detected that the target box is short of ingredients, then the target seasoning will be The target amount of ingredients is equal to the target demand; and if it is detected that the target ingredient box is short of ingredients when adding the target spices to the cooking container, then because the target ingredients have already been added to the cooking container, the amount of the target ingredients to be added will The target feed amount is less than the target demand for the target seasoning.
  • determining the target amount of the target seasoning to be added may further include:
  • the initial weight value weighed by the weighing component control the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning in the target box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe; obtain the target drive unit weighed by the weighing component to drive the target seasoning in the target box through the target The current weight value during the discharge process of the discharge pipe; determine the target amount of the target seasoning to be added based on the target demand and the weight difference; the weight difference is the difference between the initial weight value and the current weight value.
  • the initial weight value measured by the weighing component is the total weight value of the material box before starting to add the target seasoning to the cooking container.
  • the target drive unit can be controlled to drive the target material box.
  • the target seasoning is discharged to the cooking container through the target discharge pipe, and during the process of discharging the target seasoning, the weighing group can be obtained in real time The current weight value of the piece weighing.
  • the current weight value of the weighing component is obtained in real time, which can be accessed according to the preset frequency, or the weighing component sends the current weight value to the feeding control device according to the preset frequency.
  • the target driving unit drives the target seasoning in the target box to be discharged along the target discharge pipe
  • the target seasoning stored in the target box gradually decreases.
  • the weight value measured by the weighing unit gradually decreases, and the decreasing The weight is the weight of the target seasoning poured into the cooking vessel.
  • the weight difference obtained by subtracting the current weight value of each weighing from the initial weight value is the weight value of the target seasonings discharged into the cooking container, and the total weight of the target seasonings to be added for this cooking is the target demand. Therefore, by subtracting the weight difference from the target demand, the target amount of the target seasoning to be added can be obtained.
  • Step S2202 If the target demand is not less than the preset reference charging amount, determine the total number of operating revolutions of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box based on the target charging amount.
  • the base feeding amount can be determined according to the actual application scenario, for example, the base feeding amount is set to 800g, 1000g, 1500g, etc., if the target demand for the target seasoning determined in step S2201 is greater than the base feeding amount, then It can be determined that the demand for the target seasoning in this cooking is relatively large. At this time, if the amount of seasoning added to the cooking container is determined based on the change in the weight of the material box, the cooking process will be interrupted due to frequent replenishment, which will affect the cooking efficiency.
  • the target amount of the target seasoning to be added is converted into the total number of rotations of the target driving unit to transport the target amount of the target seasoning, and the number of rotations of the target driving unit is used to determine the amount of seasoning added to the cooking process.
  • the amount of seasoning in the container is not affected by the weight change when the target material box is replenished with the target seasoning.
  • determining the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box based on the target feeding amount may further include:
  • the target volume of the target seasoning is obtained; according to the target volume and the unit discharge volume of the target drive unit, the total number of rotations of the target drive unit is obtained; the unit discharge volume is the target discharged when the target drive unit rotates once The volume corresponding to the seasoning.
  • the target feeding amount can be divided by the density of the target seasoning to obtain the target volume corresponding to the target feeding amount. Since the unit discharge volume, that is, the volume corresponding to the target seasoning discharged when the target drive unit rotates once, can be preset Obtained through experiments, therefore, by dividing the target volume by the pre-stored unit discharge volume, the total number of rotations of the target drive unit delivering the target seasoning with the target feeding amount can be obtained.
  • Step S2203 Control the target replenishing device corresponding to the target material box to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the target material replenishing device can be controlled to supply the target material box to the target material box through the material replenishing pipe. Replenish target seasoning.
  • Step S2204 Control the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns detection device corresponding to the target drive unit to discharge the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. The current number of operating cycles in .
  • step S2204 can be performed simultaneously with step S2203. It is understood that step S2204 can also be performed after step S2203. Specifically, step S2204 can be performed after step S2203. Determine based on actual conditions.
  • the target drive unit when the target drive unit is controlled to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target box to be discharged to the cooking container through the target discharge pipe, the current number of operating revolutions of the target drive unit detected by the target revolution detection device can be obtained in real time.
  • Step S2205 Control the operation of the target drive unit according to the current number of operating turns and the total number of operating turns.
  • the target driving unit can be controlled to continue driving the target seasoning replenished in the target box. Discharge to the cooking vessel through the target discharge pipe;
  • the target drive unit can be turned off to stop adding the target seasoning to the cooking container.
  • the target feeding amount of the target seasoning to be added is converted into the total number of operating cycles of the target drive unit, and the target feeding equipment replenishes the target material box
  • the operation of the target drive unit is controlled based on the current number of operating turns and the total number of operating turns of the target driving unit, which can avoid the problem in the prior art that the cooking process needs to be interrupted when frequently replenishing seasonings to the material box, ensuring the smoothness of the cooking process. Advancement greatly improves cooking efficiency.
  • the target replenishing device corresponding to the target material box is controlled to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the method may further include:
  • the target liquid level detection signal of the target liquid level detection unit corresponding to the target material box to detect the target seasoning liquid level in the target material box; if the target liquid level detection signal indicates that the target seasoning liquid level in the target material box is higher than the preset full If the material liquid level is lower than the target material level, the target feeding equipment corresponding to the target material box is controlled to stop replenishing the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit can also be any existing liquid level gauge, liquid level detector, liquid level detection sensor or other device or structure that can be used to detect the liquid level. Specifically, here No restrictions.
  • a full material level can be configured in advance.
  • the full material level can be used to indicate whether the seasoning in the corresponding material box is higher than the maximum seasoning amount. For example, the full material level can be located close to the material.
  • the target feeding equipment can be controlled to stop replenishing the target seasoning to the target material box; and if the seasoning liquid level is lower than the full material level, it can be determined that the seasoning liquid level in the material box has not reached the upper limit, and the target feeding can be controlled. The equipment continues to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the full liquid level can also be level with the top of the inner cavity of the material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit can detect whether the material box is full. Only when the material box is full of seasonings, the feeding equipment is controlled to stop. Replenish the seasoning box.
  • the full liquid levels corresponding to each material box can be the same or different, and the height or position of each full liquid level can be determined according to the actual application scenario, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the feeding control device can obtain the target liquid level detection signal from the target liquid level detection unit that detects the target seasoning liquid level in the corresponding target material box. If the target liquid level detection signal represents the target in the target material box If the seasoning liquid level is lower than the full liquid level, it can be considered that the seasoning liquid level in the target material box has not reached the upper limit, and the target feeding equipment can be controlled to continue to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box; conversely, if the liquid level detection signal represents the target If the target seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than the full material level, it can be considered that the target seasoning liquid level in the target material box has reached the upper limit, and the target feeding equipment can be controlled to stop replenishing the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the full material level, the liquid level detection unit outputs a high-level liquid level detection signal, and when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than the full material level, the liquid level detection unit outputs a high-level liquid level detection signal. When the liquid level is full, the liquid level detection unit outputs a low-level liquid level detection signal. Therefore, if the liquid level detection signal obtained by the feeding control device is a high-level signal, it can be confirmed that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is low.
  • the liquid level detection signal obtained by the feeding control device is a low level signal, it can be confirmed that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than the full liquid level, and thus it can be determined based on the liquid level detection signal Target box.
  • the low-level liquid level detection signal can also be used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the full material level.
  • the high-level liquid level detection signal is used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the full material level. The seasoning liquid level in the box is not lower than the full liquid level, so I won’t go into details here.
  • the present application also provides a feeding control device.
  • the feeding control device can be used to control the feeding device to add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, as shown in Figure 12.
  • Figure 12 is a diagram of this application.
  • the feeding control device 2300 may include:
  • the acquisition and determination unit 2301 is used to determine the target material box of the seasoning to be replenished, the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target addition amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target addition amount is not greater than the target demand;
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box is determined based on the target feeding amount
  • the control unit 2302 is used to control the target replenishing equipment corresponding to the target material box to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box;
  • the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns corresponding to the target drive unit.
  • the detection device is in the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of operating cycles;
  • control unit 2302 can be specifically used to:
  • the target drive unit is controlled to drive the target seasoning supplemented in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • control target drive unit stops driving the target seasoning supplemented in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the feeding device also includes a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box.
  • the acquisition and determination unit 2301 can be used to:
  • the material box corresponding to the liquid level detection unit will be Determine the target box to be replenished with seasoning.
  • the acquisition determination unit 2301 can also be used to:
  • the feeding device also includes a weighing component, which is used to weigh the total weight of each material box.
  • the acquisition and determination unit 2301 can also be used to:
  • the target driving unit is controlled to drive the target seasoning in the target box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • the weight difference is the difference between the initial weight value and the current weight value.
  • the acquisition determination unit 2301 can also be used to:
  • the target volume and the unit discharge volume of the target drive unit the total number of rotations of the target drive unit is obtained; the unit discharge volume is the volume corresponding to the target seasoning discharged when the target drive unit rotates once.
  • the feeding device also includes a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box, and the control unit 2302 controls the target feeding device corresponding to the target material box to replenish the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the specific method can also be used At:
  • the target feeding equipment corresponding to the target material box is controlled to stop replenishing the target seasoning to the target material box.
  • the present application also provides a feeding device.
  • the feeding device includes at least one feeding box and a discharging pipe corresponding to each feeding box.
  • Each discharging pipe is connected to a driving unit.
  • Each driving unit The unit is used to drive the seasoning in the corresponding material box to be discharged to the cooking container through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each driving unit is equipped with a turn detection device, and each turn detection device is used to detect when the corresponding drive unit drives the corresponding material. The number of rotations in the process of the seasoning in the box being discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each material box is also connected to a corresponding feeding device.
  • Each feeding device stores the same type of seasoning as the corresponding material box. seasoning;
  • the feeding device can also include a processor 2401 and a memory 2402.
  • the memory 2402 can be used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the processor 2401, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • the target material box for the seasoning to be replenished the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target addition amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target addition amount is not greater than the target demand;
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box is determined based on the target feeding amount
  • the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns corresponding to the target drive unit.
  • the detection device is in the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of operating cycles;
  • FIG. 13 shows another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device involved in this application. Specifically:
  • the feeding device may include components such as a processor 2401 of one or more processing cores, a memory 2402 of one or more computer-readable storage media, a power supply 2403, and an input unit 2404. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure shown in Figure 13 does not constitute a limitation on the feeding device.
  • the feeding device may also include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange different components. . in:
  • the processor 2401 is the control center of the feeding device, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire feeding device, by running or executing software programs and/or unit modules stored in the memory 2402, and calling the software programs stored in the memory 2402. According to the data, the various functions of the feeding device are executed and the data is processed, so as to conduct overall monitoring of the feeding device.
  • the processor 2401 may include one or more processing cores; the processor 2401 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • the general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the processor 2401 can integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, User interfaces and applications, etc.
  • the modem processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 2401.
  • the memory 2402 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 2401 executes various functional applications and data processing by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 2402.
  • the memory 2402 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function, etc.; the stored data area may store data created according to the use of the cooking device, etc.
  • memory 2402 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device. Accordingly, the memory 2402 may also include a memory controller to provide the processor 2401 with access to the memory 2402.
  • the feeding device may also include a power supply 2403 that supplies power to each component.
  • the power supply 2403 may be logically connected to the processor 2401 through a power management system, thereby realizing functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the power supply 2403 may also include one or more DC or AC power supplies, recharging systems, power failure detection circuits, power converters or inverters, power status indicators, and other arbitrary components.
  • the dosing device may also include an input unit 2404 and an output unit 2405.
  • the input unit 2404 may be used to receive input numeric or character information and generate keyboard, mouse, joystick, optical or trackball signals related to user settings and function control. enter.
  • the feeding device may also include a display unit and other units for displaying seasoning amount, feeding progress and other relevant information to the user, which will not be described again here.
  • the processor 2401 in the feeding device will be as follows: The instructions load the executable files corresponding to the processes of one or more application programs into the memory 2402, and the processor 2401 runs the application programs stored in the memory 2402 to implement various functions, as follows:
  • the target material box for the seasoning to be replenished the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target addition amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target addition amount is not greater than the target demand;
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box is determined based on the target feeding amount
  • the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns corresponding to the target drive unit.
  • the detection device is in the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of operating cycles;
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk wait.
  • Computer instructions are stored thereon, and the computer instructions are loaded by the processor 2401 to execute the steps in any of the feeding control methods provided by this application. For example, computer instructions when executed by processor 2401 implement the following functions:
  • the target material box for the seasoning to be replenished the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target addition amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target addition amount is not greater than the target demand;
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box is determined based on the target feeding amount
  • the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns corresponding to the target drive unit.
  • the detection device is in the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of operating cycles;
  • the computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium can execute the steps in the feeding control method of the present application as shown in Figure 11 corresponding to any embodiment. Therefore, the feeding control method of the present application as shown in Figure 11 corresponding to any embodiment can be implemented.
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved by this method are detailed in the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG 14 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a feeding system 2500.
  • the feeding system 2500 may include a feeding device 2501 and a control end 2502.
  • the feeding device 2501 It may include at least one material box and a discharge pipe corresponding to each material box.
  • Each discharge pipe is connected to a driving unit.
  • Each driving unit is used to drive the seasonings in the corresponding material box to be discharged to the cooking container through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • each drive unit is equipped with a turn detection device, and each turn detection device is used to detect the number of rotations of the corresponding drive unit in the process of driving the seasoning in the corresponding material box to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each material The boxes are also connected to corresponding feeding equipment, and each feeding equipment stores the same type of seasoning as the seasoning in the corresponding feeding box.
  • the control terminal 2502 is communicatively connected to the feeding device 2501, and is used to control the feeding device 2501 to perform the feeding operation, and implement the feeding control method corresponding to any embodiment in Figure 11.
  • the control terminal 2502 can control the feeding device 2501 to implement the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 11. Therefore, it can achieve the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 11. For details, see The previous explanation will not be repeated here.
  • This application also provides a cooking device, which may include a cooking container, a feeding device and a feeding pipe assembly; wherein the feeding device includes at least one feeding box and a discharging pipe corresponding to each feeding box, and each discharging pipe corresponding
  • a driving unit is connected, and each driving unit is used to drive the seasonings in the corresponding material box to be discharged to the cooking container through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each driving unit is respectively configured with a number of turns detection device, and each number of turns detection device is used to detect the corresponding number of turns. The number of rotations of the drive unit in the process of driving the seasoning in the corresponding material box to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each material box is also connected to a corresponding feeding device, and each feeding device stores the corresponding material. The same types of condiments as the condiments in the box.
  • the feeding device may also include a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by the processor, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • the target material box for the seasoning to be replenished the target demand for the target seasoning in the target material box, and the target addition amount of the target seasoning to be added; the target addition amount is not greater than the target demand;
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe of the target material box is determined based on the target feeding amount
  • the target drive unit to drive the target seasoning replenished in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, and obtain the target number of turns corresponding to the target drive unit.
  • the detection device is in the process of the target drive unit discharging the target seasoning replenished in the target material box. Number of operating cycles;
  • the feeding device can realize the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 11. Therefore, it can achieve the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 11. See the previous description for details. This will not be described again.
  • FIG 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feeding device may include a weighing component 3106, at least one material box 3101, and a discharge pipe 3102 corresponding to each material box 3101.
  • the weighing component 3106 can be used to weigh the total weight of each material box 3101, and each discharge pipe 3102 can be used to transport the seasonings in the corresponding material box 3101.
  • Each discharge pipe 3102 can also be configured with a flow detection unit 3104, Each flow detection unit 3104 can be used to detect the flow rate of the seasoning transmitted in the corresponding discharge pipe 3102.
  • the feeding device can include a base 3100, and each material box 3101 can be disposed on the base 3100.
  • Each discharge pipe 3102 is connected to the corresponding material box 3101, and is used to transport the material in the corresponding material box 3101. seasoning.
  • the material box 3101 can be a container used to store or accommodate cooking spices.
  • Each material box 3101 can be configured with a container inlet and a container outlet.
  • the stored spices can flow from the container inlet to the inner cavity of the material box 3101. That is, in the containing cavity; when the cooking equipment is working and the feeding device needs to provide corresponding seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, the seasonings contained in the inner cavity of the material box 3101 can flow out from the container outlet.
  • the container inlet and container outlet of the material box 3101 can be the same port.
  • the seasoning can flow from this port to the inner cavity of the material box 3101 or from this port.
  • the port setting of the material box 3101 can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the seasonings stored in the material box 3101 can be liquid seasonings such as water, oil, soy sauce, vinegar, etc., or a seasoning solution obtained by dissolving solid seasonings such as salt, sugar, chicken essence, etc. in water. Since cooking a dish usually requires more than one seasoning, Therefore, there may be more than one material box 3101 in the embodiment of the present application. Although one material box 3101 is shown in Figure 15, in actual applications, the specific number of material boxes 3101 can be determined according to the actual application conditions. OK, there are no specific restrictions here.
  • each discharge pipe 3102 can be connected to the container outlet of the corresponding material box 3101, and the other end can be connected to a discharge pipe 3107 to be connected to the cooking container through the discharge pipe 3107.
  • the material box 3101 The discharged condiments can flow to the cooking container via the discharge pipe 3102 and the discharge pipe 3107 .
  • the weighing component 3106 can be used to weigh the total weight of each material box 3101.
  • the weighing component 3106 can be disposed on the base 3100 of the feeding device.
  • Each material box 3101 can be disposed on a load platform 3105.
  • the weighing component 3106 can be used to weigh the total weight of each material box 3101.
  • 3106 may include a weighing sensor, which is disposed below the load platform 3105 and used to weigh the total weight of the load platform 3105 and each material box 3101 on the load platform 3105.
  • each accommodation slot can place the material box 3101 correspondingly.
  • the accommodation slot can limit the position of the material box 3101 to avoid loading when moving the feeding device. Platform 3105 There is a collision or fall between the material boxes 3101 on the machine.
  • the discharge pipe 3102 may be a pipeline with an integrated structure, or may be a pipeline with a split structure connected by pipe joints and multiple sections of pipelines.
  • the discharge pipe 3102 can be a split-structure pipeline formed by connecting pipe joints and multiple sections of pipelines.
  • the multi-section pipelines can use flexible hoses.
  • friction between the pipelines and the load platform 3105 or the material box 3101 can be avoided, thereby preventing friction from affecting the load cell. impact on quantitative results.
  • each discharge pipe 3102 can also be configured with a flow detection unit 3104.
  • Each flow detection unit 3104 can be used to detect the flow rate of the seasoning transmitted in the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • the flow detection unit 3104 can be an electromagnetic Any existing flow detection device such as flow meter, ultrasonic flow meter, Coriolis mass flow meter, etc.
  • each discharge pipe 3102 can also be connected to a corresponding driving unit 3103, and each driving unit 3103 can be used to drive the seasoning in the corresponding material box 3101 to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe 3102.
  • each driving unit 3103 can generate negative pressure in the pipeline, thereby sucking the seasoning into the discharge pipe 3102 and transporting the seasoning along the discharge pipe 3102. Therefore, the driving unit 3103 can be any existing one.
  • a driving pump structure such as a peristaltic pump, an impeller pump, etc. The details are not limited here.
  • the drive unit 3103 uses a peristaltic pump
  • the discharge pipe 3102 uses a flexible hose.
  • the peristaltic pump pushes the flow of seasonings in the flexible hose by squeezing the flexible hose. In this way, the peristaltic pump can be avoided to directly interact with the flexible hose.
  • the seasonings in the hose are in contact to ensure that the seasonings are not contaminated.
  • the flow detection unit 3104 may include a number of turns detection device, and each number of turns detection device may be used to detect that the corresponding driving unit 3103 drives the seasoning in the corresponding material box 3101 through the corresponding discharge pipe 3102 The number of revolutions during the discharge process.
  • the number of turns detection device can detect the number of rotation turns of the peristaltic pump motor when the drive unit 3103, such as a peristaltic pump, is running. Therefore, the number of turns detection device can be any existing encoder capable of measuring angular displacement. For example, code disk, grating disk, etc. There are no specific limitations here.
  • the inner cavity of the base 3100 can be used to accommodate some components of the feeding device.
  • the driving unit 3103, the flow detection unit 3104 and part of the discharge pipe 3102 can all be disposed on the base. In the inner cavity of the seat 3100.
  • the feeding control method of this application includes:
  • the current weight value of the target seasoning in the target material box weighed by the heavy component is discharged through the target discharge pipe; if the change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is greater than the preset change threshold, obtain
  • the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe detects the current seasoning flow rate in the process of the target seasoning in the target material box being discharged through the target discharge pipe; according to the current seasoning flow rate and the target seasoning flow rate, the target seasoning flow rate in the target material box is controlled.
  • the seasoning is discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of the feeding control method provided in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that although a logical sequence is shown in the flow diagram, in some cases, the steps shown or described may be performed in a different order than here.
  • the feeding control method can be used to control the feeding device to add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment.
  • the feeding control method can include the following multiple steps.
  • Step S3201 Determine the target material box of the target seasoning to be added, the target adding amount of the target seasoning, and the target seasoning flow rate corresponding to the target adding amount.
  • cooking recipes for cooking various dishes can be pre-stored in the cooking equipment.
  • Each recipe can correspond to a dish, and each recipe can record the main ingredients, auxiliary ingredients, seasonings and cooking steps required for cooking the corresponding dish.
  • condiments the type of condiments required and the corresponding amounts of each condiment can be recorded in the recipe.
  • the user Before cooking starts, the user can select the corresponding recipe for the cooking equipment according to the target dish to be cooked this time. After selecting the recipe, the feeding control device can read the recipe and obtain the types of spices recorded in it and the corresponding ingredients for each spice. Adding amount and other information.
  • the cooking equipment can be configured with an interactive interface, which can display various recipes stored in the cooking equipment, and the user can determine the goal of cooking this time by selecting recipes on the interactive interface. Dishes.
  • the cooking equipment can also be connected to a terminal device through communication.
  • the terminal device can be an existing smart terminal such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a laptop computer.
  • the connection between the terminal device and the cooking equipment can be achieved through any communication method.
  • Network communications including but not limited to, mobile communications based on the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) , computer network communication based on TCP/IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), or based on Bluetooth, mobile hotspot (Wi-Fi), Zigbee wireless network communication, etc.
  • the user can select a recipe in the corresponding program configured on the terminal device, and then the terminal device sends a communication signal to the cooking device to send the recipe information selected by the user to the cooking device, so that the cooking device obtains to the recipe for this cooking session.
  • the feeding control device can also be connected to the cooking equipment through any of the above communication methods.
  • the cooking equipment obtains the target recipe for this cooking, the cooking equipment can send the information of the target recipe to the feeding device.
  • the control device is so that the material addition control device obtains the target recipe to be cooked, then reads the target recipe, and determines the target seasoning to be added and the target amount of ingredients corresponding to the target seasoning according to the target recipe.
  • the spices stored in the material boxes and the positions of the material boxes on the tray can be in one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first of the eight material boxes is used to store clean water, and the second box is used to store clean water.
  • One material box is used to store oil
  • the third material box is used to store dark soy sauce, and so on.
  • the eighth material box is used to store balsamic vinegar. In this way, when the corresponding seasoning needs to be added to the pot, the amount of the seasoning is stored.
  • the discharge pipe corresponding to the material box can discharge the seasoning to the pot body.
  • the order stored in the cooking equipment can be modified accordingly to ensure that the actual order is consistent with the stored order and avoids the occurrence of misplaced condiments. Condition.
  • the seasonings, the material box and the discharge tube are correspondingly related to each other. After the target seasoning is obtained according to the target recipe, the corresponding target material box and the target adding amount can be determined based on the target seasoning. .
  • the feeding control device can also determine the target material box and the target feeding amount of the target seasoning to be added according to the feeding instruction issued by the user.
  • the adding instruction can be an instruction sent by the user to the cooking equipment.
  • the user can set the target seasoning to be added for this cooking and the target adding amount of the target seasoning on the interactive screen or the terminal device, thereby adding the adding instruction carrying the aforementioned information. is sent to the cooking equipment.
  • the cooking equipment can send the adding instruction to the adding control device, so that the adding control device can parse the adding instruction and extract the target seasoning carried therein and the corresponding ingredients of the target seasoning. Target feeding amount.
  • the target adding amount refers to the weight of the target seasoning to be added to the cooking container. Since the weighing sensor is susceptible to external interference, the adding accuracy cannot be guaranteed when relying on the weighing sensor to control the adding. Therefore, this application
  • the target feeding amount of the target seasoning can be converted into the target seasoning flow rate, thereby controlling the feeding according to the target seasoning flow rate.
  • weight is equal to volume multiplied by fluid density
  • Step S3202 Control the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe corresponding to the target material box, and obtain the current weight of the target seasoning in the target material box weighed by the weighing component during the process of being discharged through the target discharge pipe. value.
  • the driving unit can be controlled to drive the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged to the cooking container through the target discharge pipe.
  • the target seasoning in the target material box As the target seasoning in the target material box decreases, the weight of the target material box decreases. Therefore, the weight value measured by the weighing component also gradually decreases.
  • the feeding control device can obtain the current weight value of the weighing component in real time. Specifically, it can access the weighing component according to a preset frequency to obtain the current weight value, or the weighing component Send the current weight value to the feeding control device according to the preset frequency.
  • Step S3203 If the change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is greater than the preset change threshold, obtain the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe and pass through the target discharge pipe. The current seasoning flow rate during discharge from the material tube.
  • the weight of the target seasoning transported by it in unit time should be certain. Therefore, it can be known that the target seasoning discharged from the target box driven by the target driving unit is During the process, the weight of the target box changes linearly. Therefore, the weight value measured by the weighing component changes linearly. That is, the weight value measured by the weighing component at each current moment should be the same as the previous one. The differences between the weight values at the moment are equal or similar.
  • the weight value measured by the weighing component at the first moment is 300g
  • the weight value at the second moment is 299g
  • the weight value at the third moment is 298g
  • the weight value at the third moment is 297g, that is, the weight value at each current moment is
  • the difference between the weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is 1g, which confirms that the weighing component is working normally.
  • the preset change threshold here can be determined based on multiple experiments and past experience. In different application scenarios, the change threshold can be different.
  • the weighing component continues to control feeding based on changes in weight when the weighing component is working abnormally, it will lead to the problem of inconsistency between the actual feeding amount and the target feeding amount. Therefore, the change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is greater than the change.
  • the threshold value the current seasoning flow rate in the process of the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit being discharged through the target discharge pipe can be obtained.
  • the target flow rate detection unit can detect the flow rate of the target seasoning flowing through the target discharge pipe when the target discharge pipe is transporting the target seasoning. It only uses the target seasoning flowing in the target discharge pipe as the detection object. Therefore, , compared with the weighing component, the target flow detection unit is less susceptible to interference from the external environment.
  • the target flow detection unit can start working to detect the seasoning flow flowing through the target discharge pipe.
  • the feeding control device can also communicate with the target flow detection unit. , which can access the target flow detection unit according to the preset access frequency to obtain the current seasoning flow rate, or the target flow detection unit can send the detected current seasoning flow rate to the feeding control device according to the preset sending frequency.
  • the feeding control device can control feeding based on the current seasoning flow rate to ensure that the target seasoning amount actually added to the cooking container is consistent with the target feeding amount.
  • Step S3204 Control the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe according to the current seasoning flow rate and the target seasoning flow rate.
  • the target seasoning flow rate is determined based on the target seasoning flow rate, when the current seasoning flow rate is less than the target seasoning flow rate, it can be determined that the target seasoning volume added to the cooking container has not reached the target seasoning volume, and the target can be continued to be controlled.
  • the target seasoning in the material box is discharged to the cooking container through the target discharge pipe; and when the current seasoning flow reaches the target seasoning flow, it can be determined that the target seasoning amount added to the cooking container has reached the ideal value, that is, the target adding amount, and stops at this time
  • the target seasoning in the target box can be controlled to stop being discharged through the target discharge pipe, thereby completing the process of adding the target seasoning to the cooking container.
  • the weight change of the material box during the feeding process is detected through the weighing component.
  • the flow detection unit obtains the change in the weight during the feeding process.
  • the detected current seasoning flow rate is then controlled according to the current seasoning flow rate and the target seasoning flow rate, which can avoid the problem of external interference affecting the feeding accuracy of the weighing component, improve the feeding accuracy, and ensure the anti-interference ability and reliability of the feeding device. .
  • the weighing component determines the feeding amount by detecting the reduced weight of the target seasoning in the target box during the feeding process, it can be understood that it ensures the feeding accuracy through absolute weight control, and the target flow detection unit It is based on the flow rate of the target seasoning, that is, the volume of the target seasoning, to ensure the accuracy of the feeding volume. Therefore, in some embodiments, weighing control can be set as the main feeding control means, and the flow control means can be used as an auxiliary to further ensure Dosing accuracy.
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the method may further include:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box weighed by the weighing component before it is discharged, and the cumulative discharge time for the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe; according to the cumulative discharge time and the preset unit Time to lose weight value to determine the overall weight loss value; if the difference between the overall weight loss value and the weight difference is less than the preset first error threshold, the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to pass through the target discharge pipe based on the weight difference and the target feeding amount. Discharge; the weight difference is the difference between the initial weight value and the current weight value.
  • the initial weight value is the weight value measured by the weighing component before discharging.
  • the feeding control device can start timing synchronously, so that it can be obtained The cumulative nesting time at each moment during the nesting process.
  • the target drive unit can be determined in advance before adding materials.
  • the weight of the target material box changes, that is, the weight loss value per unit time is obtained.
  • the cumulative discharge time can be obtained.
  • the total weight of the target seasoning that should be discharged from the target material box is the total weight that should be reduced by the target material box, that is, the overall weight loss value.
  • the weighing component can also continue to weigh the weight of the target material box to obtain the current weight value. If the weighing component weighs within the cumulative discharge time, When the weight change returns to the normal state, the difference between the initial weight value and the current weight value, that is, the weight difference and the overall weight loss value should be equal or not much different.
  • the preset first error threshold in the embodiment of the present application can be any value such as 30, 30.31, 30.301, etc.
  • the value of the preset first error threshold can be determined based on the accuracy of the weighing component and the actual application scenario. OK, no restrictions here.
  • the feeding control method that switches back to the weighing control controls the discharge of the target seasoning in the target material box, and then the target seasoning in the target material box can be controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe according to the weight difference and the target feeding amount.
  • the target seasoning amount added to the cooking container has not reached the target feeding amount, and the target seasoning in the target feeding box can be continued to be controlled. It is discharged to the cooking container through the target discharge pipe; and if the difference between the weight difference and the target feeding amount is not greater than the preset second error threshold, it can be determined that the target amount of seasoning added to the cooking container has reached the ideal value, that is, the target feeding amount. At this time, the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to stop being discharged through the target discharge pipe, and the feeding is completed.
  • the preset second error threshold in the embodiment of the present application can be any value such as 0, 0.1, 0.01, etc.
  • the value of the preset second error threshold can be specifically determined according to the accuracy of the weighing component and the actual application scenario. OK, no restrictions here.
  • the flow detection unit may include a number of turns detection device, and the number of turns detection device may be used to detect when the corresponding driving unit drives the seasoning in the corresponding material box.
  • the current weight value of the target seasoning in the target material box weighed by the weighing component is obtained during the process of being discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the method may further include:
  • the detection device detects the current number of operating turns when the target drive unit drives the target seasoning in the target box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe; it controls the operation of the target drive unit based on the current number of operating turns and the total number of operating turns.
  • the weighing component can be considered to be working abnormally. Therefore, at this time, the total operation of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe can be determined based on the target seasoning flow rate. Number of turns.
  • the volume corresponding to the target seasoning discharged when the target drive unit rotates once can be obtained in advance through experiments. Therefore, the target seasoning flow rate is divided by the pre-stored unit discharge flow rate, and The total number of rotations of the target drive unit delivering the target seasoning with the target feeding amount can be obtained.
  • the feeding control device can detect the current number of operating turns of the target driving unit detected by the real-time target number of turns detection device, and then based on the current number of operating turns With the calculated total number of operating turns, the operation of the target drive unit can be controlled.
  • the target driving unit can be controlled to continue driving the target seasoning in the target box through the target. Discharge pipe to cooking vessel;
  • the target drive unit can be turned off, and the adding of target seasoning to the cooking container can be stopped to complete the filling. .
  • this application also provides a feeding control device, which can be used to control the feeding device to add seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, as shown in Figure 17.
  • Figure 17 is a diagram of this application. Apply A schematic diagram of the functional modules of the feeding control device provided in the embodiment.
  • the feeding control device 3300 may include:
  • the determination unit 3301 is used to determine the target material box of the target seasoning to be added, the target adding amount of the target seasoning, and the target seasoning flow rate corresponding to the target adding amount;
  • the control unit 3302 is used to control the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe corresponding to the target material box;
  • the acquisition unit 3303 is used to obtain the current weight value of the target seasoning in the target material box weighed by the weighing component and discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is obtained and discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the current seasoning flow rate in the process
  • the control unit 3302 is also used to control the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe according to the current seasoning flow rate and the target seasoning flow rate.
  • control unit 3302 can be used to:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to stop being discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • control unit 3302 controls the target seasoning in the target box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe according to the current seasoning flow rate and the target seasoning flow rate.
  • acquisition unit 3303 can also be used to obtain the weighing component weight. The initial weight value of the target seasoning in the target material box before it is discharged and the cumulative discharge time of the target seasoning in the target material box through the target discharge pipe;
  • the control unit 3302 can also be used to determine the overall weight loss value based on the accumulated discharge time and the preset weight loss value per unit time;
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe according to the weight difference value and the target feeding amount; the weight difference value is the initial weight. The difference between the value and the current weight value.
  • control unit 3302 can also be used to:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • the target adjustment in the target material box is controlled. Material stops being discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • each discharge pipe is connected to a driving unit, and each driving unit is used to drive the seasoning in the corresponding material box to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • Each flow detection unit includes a turn detection device, and each The number of turns detection device is used to detect the number of rotations of the corresponding drive unit in the process of driving the seasoning in the corresponding material box to be discharged through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • the acquisition unit 3303 obtains the number of turns in the target material box weighed by the weighing component. The current weight value of the target seasoning when it is discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the control unit 3302 can also be used to:
  • the total number of operating turns of the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is determined based on the target seasoning flow rate
  • control unit 3302 can also be used to:
  • the target drive unit is controlled to drive the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • control target drive unit stops driving the target seasoning in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • control unit 3302 can also be used to:
  • the total number of rotations is determined based on the target seasoning flow rate and the unit discharge flow rate of the target drive unit; the unit discharge flow rate is the flow rate corresponding to the target seasoning discharged when the target drive unit rotates once.
  • the determination unit 3301 can be specifically used to:
  • the target feeding amount and the density of the target seasoning determine the target seasoning flow rate corresponding to the target feeding amount.
  • the determination unit 3301 can be specifically used to:
  • this application also provides a feeding device.
  • the feeding device includes a weighing component, at least one material box and a discharge pipe corresponding to each material box.
  • the weighing component is used to weigh each material box.
  • the total weight of the material box, each discharge pipe is used to transmit the seasoning in the corresponding material box, each discharge pipe is equipped with a flow detection unit, and each flow detection unit is used to detect the flow rate of the seasoning transmitted in the corresponding discharge pipe;
  • the feeding device can also include a processor 3401 and a memory 3402.
  • the memory 3402 can be used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the processor 3401, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is obtained and discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the current seasoning flow rate in the process
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • FIG. 18 shows another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device involved in this application. Specifically:
  • the feeding device may include components such as a processor 3401 of one or more processing cores, a memory 3402 of one or more computer-readable storage media, a power supply 3403, and an input unit 3404. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure shown in Figure 18 does not constitute a limitation on the feeding device.
  • the feeding device may also include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange different components. . in:
  • the processor 3401 is the control center of the feeding device, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire feeding device, by running or executing software programs and/or unit modules stored in the memory 3402, and calling the software programs stored in the memory 3402. According to the data, the various functions of the feeding device are executed and the data is processed, so as to conduct overall monitoring of the feeding device.
  • the processor 3401 may include one or more processing cores; the processor 3401 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • the general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the processor 3401 can integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, User interface and applications, etc., the modem processor mainly handles wireless communication letter. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 3401.
  • the memory 3402 can be used to store software programs and modules.
  • the processor 3401 executes various functional applications and data processing by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 3402.
  • the memory 3402 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function, etc.; the stored data area may store data created according to the use of the cooking device, etc.
  • memory 3402 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device. Accordingly, the memory 3402 may also include a memory controller to provide the processor 3401 with access to the memory 3402.
  • the feeding device may also include a power supply 3403 that supplies power to each component.
  • the power supply 3403 may be logically connected to the processor 3401 through a power management system, thereby realizing functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the power supply 3403 may also include one or more DC or AC power supplies, recharging systems, power failure detection circuits, power converters or inverters, power status indicators, and other arbitrary components.
  • the dosing device may also include an input unit 3404 and an output unit 3405.
  • the input unit 3404 may be used to receive input numeric or character information and generate keyboard, mouse, joystick, optical or trackball signals related to user settings and function control. enter.
  • the feeding device may also include a display unit and other units for displaying seasoning amount, feeding progress and other relevant information to the user, which will not be described again here.
  • the processor 3401 in the feeding device will load the executable files corresponding to the processes of one or more application programs into the memory 3402 according to the following instructions, and the processor 3401 will run the executable files stored in the memory. 3402 applications to achieve various functions, as follows:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is obtained and discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the current seasoning flow rate in the process
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk wait.
  • Computer instructions are stored thereon, and the computer instructions are loaded by the processor 3401 to execute the steps in any of the feeding control methods provided by this application. For example, computer instructions when executed by processor 3401 implement the following functions:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is obtained and discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the current seasoning flow rate in the process
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium can execute the steps of the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16 corresponding to any embodiment. Therefore, the steps of the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16 can be implemented.
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved are detailed in the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a feeding system 3500.
  • the feeding system 3500 may include a feeding device 3501 and a control end 3502.
  • the feeding device 3501 It may include a weighing component, at least one material box, and a discharge tube corresponding to each material box.
  • the weighing component is used to weigh the total weight of each material box, and each discharge tube is used to transport the seasonings in the corresponding material box.
  • the discharge pipes are respectively equipped with flow detection units, and each flow detection unit is used to detect the flow rate of the seasoning transmitted in the corresponding discharge pipe; each discharge pipe is connected to the feeding pipe assembly to add cooking material to the cooking container through the feeding pipe assembly. Seasoning required.
  • the control terminal 3502 is communicatively connected to the feeding device 3501, and is used to control the feeding device 3501 to perform the feeding operation, and implement the feeding control method corresponding to any embodiment in Figure 16.
  • the control terminal 3502 can control the feeding device 3501 to implement the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16. Therefore, it can achieve the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16. For details, see The previous explanation will not be repeated here.
  • This application also provides a cooking device, which may include a cooking container, a feeding device, and a feeding pipe assembly; wherein the feeding device includes a weighing assembly, at least one feeding box, and a discharging pipe corresponding to each feeding box. Heavy components It is used to weigh the total weight of each material box.
  • Each discharge pipe is used to transport the seasonings in the corresponding material box.
  • Each discharge pipe is equipped with a flow detection unit. Each flow detection unit is used to detect the seasonings transmitted in the corresponding discharge pipe. Seasoning flow rate; each discharge pipe is connected to the feeding pipe assembly to add seasonings required for cooking to the cooking container through the feeding pipe assembly.
  • the feeding device may also include a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by the processor, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • the target seasoning in the target material box detected by the target flow detection unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is obtained and discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the current seasoning flow rate in the process
  • the target seasoning in the target material box is controlled to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the feeding device can realize the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16. Therefore, it can achieve the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the feeding control method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 16. See the previous description for details. This will not be described again.
  • the present application provides a pipeline cleaning method.
  • the execution subject of the pipeline cleaning method may be a pipeline cleaning device, or a feeding device, cooking equipment, server equipment, physical host or user equipment (User) that integrates the pipeline cleaning device.
  • Equipment, UE and other different types of equipment, in which the pipeline cleaning device can be implemented in the form of hardware or software.
  • the UE can specifically be a terminal device such as a smartphone, tablet computer, notebook computer, handheld computer or desktop computer.
  • This pipeline cleaning method can be applied to the feeding devices of cooking equipment such as stir-fry machines, food processors, and cooking machines. It is used to clean the discharge pipe of the feeding device that transports seasonings after the cooking equipment has finished cooking or before the cooking equipment is not used for a long time. , to ensure the cleanliness and hygiene of the discharge pipe.
  • the feeding device of the embodiment of the present application can add seasonings required for cooking to the cooking container of the cooking equipment during the cooking process, and self-clean the discharge pipe after the cooking is completed.
  • FIG 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feeding device may include a weighing assembly 4106 and at least one material box 4101.
  • Each material box 4101 is equipped with a corresponding discharge pipe 4102.
  • the weighing component 4106 can be used to weigh the total weight of each material box 4101.
  • the feeding device may include a base 4100, and each material box 4101 may be disposed on the base 4100.
  • Each discharge pipe 4102 is connected to the corresponding material box 4101 for transporting the seasonings in the corresponding material box 4101.
  • the material box 4101 can be a container used to store or accommodate cooking spices.
  • Each material box 4101 can be configured with a container inlet and a container outlet.
  • the stored spices can flow from the container inlet to the inner cavity of the material box 4101. That is, in the containing cavity; when the cooking equipment is working and the feeding device needs to provide corresponding seasonings to the cooking container of the cooking equipment, the seasonings contained in the inner cavity of the material box 4101 can flow out from the container outlet.
  • the container inlet and container outlet of the material box 4101 can be the same port.
  • the seasoning can flow from this port to the inner cavity of the material box 4101 or from this port.
  • the port setting of the material box 4101 can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the seasonings stored in the material box 4101 can be liquid seasonings such as water, oil, soy sauce, vinegar, etc., or seasoning solutions obtained by dissolving solid seasonings such as salt, sugar, chicken essence, etc. in water. Since cooking a dish usually requires more than one seasoning, Therefore, there may be more than one material box 4101 in the embodiment of the present application. Although one material box 4101 is shown in Figure 20, in actual applications, the specific number of material boxes 4101 can be determined according to the actual application conditions. OK, there are no specific restrictions here.
  • each discharge pipe 4102 can be connected with the container outlet of the corresponding material box 4101 to transfer the seasonings in the corresponding material box 4101 to the cooking container or to discharge the cleaning liquid in the corresponding material box 4101 .
  • the feeding device may also include a sink container 4104, which can be connected to each discharge pipe 4102 and connected to the cooking container or other external container through the discharge pipe 4107, and is transmitted from the discharge pipe 4102 to The seasonings in the sink container 4104 can flow to the cooking container through the discharge pipe 4107, or the cleaning liquid transferred from the discharge pipe 4102 to the sink container 4104 can flow to the cooking container or with the discharge pipe 4107 through the discharge pipe 4107. Connected to other external containers.
  • the collecting container 4104 can also be connected to an air pump (not shown in the figure), and the air pump can circulate the seasoning or cleaning liquid. Provide power to pump the seasoning or cleaning liquid in the sink container 4104 and the discharge pipe 4107 to the cooking container.
  • each discharge pipe 4102 can be connected to a corresponding driving unit 4103, so that the seasoning or cleaning liquid can be driven to circulate in the pipe through the driving unit 4103. Since each discharge pipe 4102 is connected to the collection container 4104, Therefore, the seasoning or cleaning liquid in the corresponding material box 4101 can be transported to the collection container 4104 through the corresponding driving unit 4103, and then discharged from the collection container 4104 through the discharge pipe 4107.
  • each driving unit 4103 can generate negative pressure in the pipeline, thereby sucking seasoning or cleaning liquid into the discharge pipe 4102, and transporting the liquid along the discharge pipe 4102. Therefore, the driving unit 4103 can be an existing any kind of The driving pump structure, such as peristaltic pump, impeller pump, etc., is not limited here.
  • the inner cavity of the base 4100 can be used to accommodate some components of the feeding device.
  • the driving unit 4103, the collecting container 4104 and part of the discharge pipe 4102 can all be disposed on the base. In the inner cavity of the seat 4100.
  • the weighing component 4106 can be disposed on the base 4100 of the feeding device. Each material box 4101 can be disposed on a load platform 4105.
  • the weighing component 4106 can include a weighing sensor. The weighing sensor is provided Below the load platform 4105, it is used to weigh the total weight of the load platform 4105 and each material box 4101 on the load platform 4105.
  • each accommodation slot can place a corresponding material box 4101.
  • the accommodation slot can limit the position of the material box 4101 to avoid loading when moving the feeding device.
  • the material boxes 4101 on the platform 4105 collide or fall.
  • the discharge pipe 4102 may be a pipeline with an integrated structure, or may be a pipeline with a split structure connected by pipe joints and multiple sections of pipelines.
  • the driving unit 4103 uses a peristaltic pump
  • the discharge pipe 4102 uses a flexible hose.
  • the peristaltic pump pushes the liquid flow in the flexible hose by squeezing the flexible hose. In this way, the peristaltic pump can be avoided to directly interact with the flexible hose.
  • the liquid in the hose is in contact to ensure that the liquid is not contaminated.
  • the discharge pipe 4102 can be a split-structure pipeline connected by a pipe joint and a multi-section pipeline, wherein the multi-section pipe
  • the pipeline can use flexible hoses.
  • the pipeline cleaning method of this application includes:
  • Figure 21 is a schematic flow chart of the pipeline cleaning method provided in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that although a logical sequence is shown in the flow diagram, in some cases, the steps shown or described may be performed in a different order than here.
  • the pipeline cleaning method can be used to clean the discharge pipe of the feeding device, and the pipeline cleaning method can include the following steps.
  • Step S4201 Determine the target discharge pipe to be cleaned.
  • the feeding device can have multiple material boxes, and there is a one-to-one correspondence between the material boxes and the discharge pipes, the feeding device can also have multiple discharge pipes.
  • the pipeline cleaning device can determine the target discharge pipe to be cleaned based on the frequency of use of the discharge pipe.
  • an idle time threshold can be configured for each discharge pipe in advance. When the idle time of a discharge pipe, that is, the time it has not been used since the last use, reaches the corresponding idle time threshold, the pipeline cleaning device automatically determines the discharge pipe as the target discharge pipe to be cleaned, and during cleaning Then reset the accumulated idle time so that it can be accumulated again next time.
  • the target discharge pipe can also be a discharge pipe designated by the user.
  • the user selects the number or name of the target discharge pipe to be cleaned, and then A signal including the number or name is sent to the pipeline cleaning device, so that the pipeline cleaning device can determine based on the signal that the discharge pipe corresponding to the number or name is the target discharge pipe to be cleaned.
  • different target discharge pipes can be cleaned sequentially according to the preset cleaning sequence. It should be noted that the number of target discharge pipes to be cleaned can be determined according to the actual situation, and the details are not mentioned here. Make limitations.
  • Step S4202 Control the cleaning liquid in the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the cleaning liquid can be discharged into the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe in advance, so that the target material box stores the cleaning liquid that can be used to clean the discharge pipe, so that when the pipeline is cleaned, the pipeline is clean
  • the device can control the operation of the driving unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe, drive the clean liquid in the target box to be output to the sink container through the target discharge pipe, and then be discharged from the outlet of the discharge pipe to the cooking container or other external container.
  • the cleaning liquid can be clean water or a mixed liquid with cleaning agent added.
  • the cleaning liquid can also be heated clean water or a mixed liquid.
  • the specific selection can be based on the actual application scenario. Specifically, this There are no restrictions anywhere.
  • Step S4203 Obtain the target discharge pipe weighed by the weighing component and discharge the clean liquid in the target material box. Current weight value.
  • the driving unit connected to the discharge tube can be configured to drive the seasonings in the material box to be discharged along the discharge tube, and based on the weight measured by the weighing component changes to stop nesting.
  • the operation of the driving unit can also be controlled based on changes in the weight measured by the weighing component, thereby controlling the delivery of clean liquid by the target discharge pipe.
  • the circulation of the cleaning liquid can be controlled according to the change in weight. Therefore, in order to clarify the weight change of the cleaning liquid during the cleaning process, when the target discharge pipe discharges the cleaning liquid in the target material box, the flow of the cleaning liquid can be controlled. Obtain the current weight value measured by the weighing unit in real time. It can be understood that as the target seasoning in the target material box is discharged, the weight of the target material box gradually decreases, and the weight value measured by the weighing unit gradually decreases, and decreases The weight of is the weight of the clean liquid discharged from the target discharge pipe.
  • a weighing component such as a weighing sensor can periodically sample the total weight of each box according to a preset sampling frequency.
  • the way the pipeline cleaning device obtains the current weight value measured by the weighing component can be through active acquisition.
  • An access cycle is set for the pipeline cleaning device in advance, and the pipeline cleaning device periodically establishes a communication connection with the load cell based on the access cycle, thereby obtaining the current weight value measured by the load cell.
  • the way the pipeline cleaning device obtains the current weight value measured by the weighing component can also be passive acquisition. For example, every time the load sensor samples the total weight of each box, the obtained current weight value can be sent directly to the pipeline. Clean the device so that the pipeline cleaning device obtains the current weight value measured by the load cell.
  • Step S4204 If the weight change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is less than the preset change threshold, it is determined that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • the weighing component Since during the process of conveying the clean liquid by the target discharge pipe, as the clean liquid in the target material box is discharged, the weight of the target material box gradually decreases, and the weight value measured by the weighing unit gradually decreases. Therefore, the weighing component The current weight value of each sampling will be smaller than the weight value sampled at the previous sampling moment. If there is no change or a small change between the current weight value sampled by the weighing component and the weight value sampled at the previous sampling moment, it can be determined. All the cleaning liquid stored in the target material box has been discharged. In this way, it can be determined that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • the preset change threshold can be any value such as 0, 0.01, 0.1, etc. In different application scenarios, the value of the change threshold can be different. The specific selection of the change threshold can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • the clean liquid can be caused to flow toward the target discharge pipe during the process of the target discharge pipe transporting the cleaning liquid. Wash the inner wall of the target discharge pipe to clean the target discharge pipe, avoid contamination of the target discharge pipe caused by condiments remaining on the inner wall of the target discharge pipe, ensure the cleanliness and hygiene of the target discharge pipe, and improve the safety of the feeding device and reliability.
  • a preset change threshold if the weight change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is less than a preset change threshold, it is determined that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed, which may further include:
  • the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is maintained to operate
  • the target drive unit When the time to maintain the operation of the target drive unit reaches the preset time limit, the target drive unit is turned off to determine that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • the target discharge pipe discharges the clean liquid in the target material box, at the moment when the clean liquid in the target material box happens to be emptied, there is still clean liquid circulating in the target discharge pipe. If it is turned off immediately at this moment If the target drive unit is stopped, the cleaning liquid will remain in the target discharge pipe.
  • the target drive unit when it is determined that the weight change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is less than the change threshold, the operating state of the target drive unit can be maintained. At this time, since all the cleaning liquid in the target material box has been discharged into the target Discharge pipe, therefore, the target drive unit will pump the air in the target material box into the target discharge pipe, so that the clean liquid remaining in the target discharge pipe will be pushed out of the target discharge pipe by the air pumped into the target discharge pipe, Until all the cleaning liquid in the target discharge pipe is discharged, it can be determined that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • the lengths of the discharge pipes corresponding to each material box are also different.
  • the corresponding drive unit For discharge pipes with shorter lengths, after the weight change between the current weight value measured by the weighing component and the weight value at the previous moment is less than the change threshold, maintaining the corresponding drive unit to continue working for a short period of time can ensure that the remaining residue in the discharge pipe will be clean All the liquid is discharged; for a longer discharge pipe, after the weight change between the current weight value measured by the weighing component and the weight value at the previous moment is less than the change threshold, the corresponding drive unit needs to be maintained Only by continuing to work for a longer period of time can all the cleaning liquid remaining in the discharge pipe be discharged.
  • the preset time limits for different discharge pipes to keep their corresponding drive units running can be different.
  • the preset time limits corresponding to shorter discharge pipes can be set to 3s, 5s, etc., and for longer ones,
  • the preset time limit corresponding to the discharge pipe can be set to 10s, 15s, etc.
  • the specific length of the discharge pipe can be selected, and there is no limit here.
  • determining the target discharge pipe to be cleaned may further include:
  • the cleaning instruction may be an instruction that the cooking equipment automatically sends to the pipeline cleaning device after completing cooking.
  • the command can also be a command sent by the user through a terminal device connected to the pipeline cleaning device. If the pipeline cleaning device is integrated into the cooking equipment, the cleaning command can also be automatically sent by the pipeline cleaning device after monitoring that the cooking is completed. instructions.
  • the target material box may be a material box in which the stored condiments have been emptied or a material box in which less condiments are stored.
  • the discharge pipe corresponding to the target material box can be determined as Target discharge pipe.
  • the feeding device of the present application can also include a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box, and the target material box is determined according to the cleaning instruction, which can further include:
  • the cleaning command obtain the liquid level detection signal of each liquid level detection unit to detect the seasoning liquid level in the corresponding material box; for each liquid level detection unit, if the liquid level detection signal of the liquid level detection unit represents the corresponding material If the seasoning liquid level in the box is lower than the preset material shortage warning line, the material box corresponding to the liquid level detection unit is determined as the target material box.
  • the liquid level detection unit can be any existing liquid level gauge, liquid level detector, liquid level detection sensor or other device or structure that can be used to detect the liquid level. The details will not be discussed here. limited.
  • a material shortage warning line can be configured in advance.
  • the material shortage warning line can be used to indicate whether the pipeline cleaning device cleans the discharge pipe corresponding to the material box.
  • the material shortage warning line can be located at Near the bottom of the material box, if the seasoning liquid level is lower than the material shortage warning line, it can be determined that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is low and there is less seasoning stored. Even if clean liquid is discharged into it, it will not cause Too much seasoning is wasted. Therefore, this material box can be determined as the target material box; and if the seasoning liquid level is not lower than the material shortage warning line, it can be determined that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not low and the stored seasoning is not low. If the cleaning liquid is discharged into it, not only the cleaning effect will be poor, but also more seasoning will be wasted. Therefore, this material box does not need to be determined as the target material box.
  • the material shortage warning line can also be level with the bottom of the inner cavity of the material box.
  • the material box can be detected through the liquid level detection unit Whether there is seasoning in the material box. Only when there is no seasoning in the material box, the material box is determined as the target material box, and then its corresponding target discharge pipe is cleaned.
  • the material shortage warning lines corresponding to each material box can be the same or different, and the height or position of each material shortage warning line can be determined based on the cost of the seasoning, the source of the seasoning, and the actual application scenario. This is not the case here. Again More details.
  • the cooking equipment When the cooking equipment completes cooking, it can automatically send a cleaning instruction to the pipeline cleaning device. After the pipeline cleaning device obtains the cleaning instruction, it can respond to the cleaning instruction to obtain the content of each liquid level detection unit in the corresponding material box.
  • the liquid level detection signal used to detect the seasoning liquid level.
  • the material box can be considered to be If the liquid level of the seasoning in the material box is low, then the material box can be determined as the target material box; conversely, if the liquid level detection signal indicates that the liquid level of the seasoning in the corresponding material box is not lower than the material shortage warning line, the material box can be considered to be the target material box.
  • the seasoning liquid level in the box is not low, and the material box is not determined as the target material box, that is, the discharge pipe corresponding to the material box is not cleaned this time.
  • the liquid level detection unit when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the material shortage warning line, the liquid level detection unit outputs a high-level liquid level detection signal, and when the seasoning liquid level in the material box is not lower than this When the material shortage warning line is reached, the liquid level detection unit outputs a low-level liquid level detection signal.
  • the seasoning liquid level in the material box can be confirmed Lower than the material shortage warning line
  • the liquid level detection signal obtained by the pipeline cleaning device is a low-level signal
  • the target material box can be determined, and then the target discharge pipe can be determined based on the target material box.
  • the low-level liquid level detection signal can also be used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the material shortage warning line.
  • the high-level liquid level detection signal is used to indicate that the seasoning liquid level in the material box is lower than the material shortage warning line. The seasoning liquid level in the box is not lower than the material shortage warning line, so I won’t go into details here.
  • determining the target box according to the cleaning instruction may further include:
  • the cooking equipment can be configured with an interactive interface, and the interactive interface can display a cleaning selection button and various interfaces. Through the buttons corresponding to the material box, the user can select whether to clean the discharge pipe and which discharge pipes to clean through the buttons on the interactive interface, so that the cooking equipment can send the cleaning instructions carrying the user's selection to the pipe cleaning device.
  • the pipe cleaning device can also be connected to a terminal device through communication.
  • the terminal device can be an existing smart terminal such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a laptop computer.
  • the terminal device and the cooking equipment can be connected through any communication method.
  • Realize network communications including but not limited to, mobile based on 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication, based on TCP/IP protocol Computer network communication based on TCP/IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), or based on Bluetooth, mobile hotspot (Wi-Fi), Zigbee Wireless network communications, etc.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • TCP/IP protocol Computer network communication based on TCP/IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), or based on Bluetooth, mobile hotspot (Wi-
  • the user can choose whether to clean the discharge pipe and which discharge pipes to clean in the corresponding program configured on the terminal equipment. Then the terminal equipment sends cleaning instructions to the pipe cleaning device to clean the discharge pipes selected by the user. Information on whether to clean the discharge pipes and which discharge pipes are to be cleaned is sent to the pipe cleaning device.
  • each material box is associated with a material box identification code that uniquely identifies its identity.
  • the user can select the target discharge pipe. button of the target material box corresponding to the pipe, thereby configuring the target material box identification code corresponding to the target material box in the cleaning instruction, so that the cleaning instruction carries the target material box identification code of the target material box.
  • the pipe cleaning device obtains the cleaning After the instruction is issued, the cleaning instruction is parsed, and the target material box identification code can be extracted from the cleaning instruction, thereby determining the material box associated with the target material box identification code as the target material box.
  • the pipeline cleaning device can be configured with an identification code association table. After the pipeline cleaning device extracts the target box identification code from the cleaning instruction, the identification code association table can be called to search for the target material in the identification code association table.
  • the material box corresponding to the material box identification code is determined as the target material box, and then the target discharge pipe to be cleaned is determined based on the target material box, and then the drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is controlled to work, and the target material is The clean water in the box is discharged through the target discharge pipe to clean the target discharge pipe.
  • the method may further include:
  • a discharging prompt indicating the emptying of the target seasoning is issued or the target material box is controlled to discharge the target seasoning.
  • the pipeline cleaning device can control the operation of the driving unit to discharge the target seasoning in the target material box through the discharge pipe through the driving unit.
  • the pipeline cleaning device can also send out a discharging prompt to indicate emptying the target seasoning, so as to prompt the user to empty the target seasoning in the target material box to avoid wasting the original seasoning in the target material box.
  • the discharging prompt can be displayed through an interactive interface of the cooking equipment, a speaker, or an indicator light, or can be displayed on a terminal device that is communicatively connected to the pipe cleaning device.
  • each cartridge can be connected to a liquid storage container for storing cleaning liquid, and the control and target The clean liquid in the target material box corresponding to the discharge pipe is discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the method may further include:
  • the initial weight value weighed by the weighing component control the cleaning liquid in the liquid storage container to be discharged into the target material box; obtain the real-time weight value during the process of the cleaning liquid weighed by the weighing component being discharged into the target material box; if the real-time weight The difference between the value and the target weight value is less than the preset error threshold, then the clean liquid in the liquid storage container is controlled to stop discharging into the target material box; the target weight value is the sum of the initial weight value and the preset weight threshold corresponding to the target material box. and.
  • the circulation of the cleaning liquid can be controlled according to the change in weight, and the initial weight value measured by the weighing unit can be the total weight of each cartridge before cleaning.
  • the weight of the cleaning liquid used when filling the inner cavity capacity of the target material box with cleaning liquid can be calculated based on the maximum volume of the target material box, where
  • the weight of the cleaning liquid calculated at that time can be set as the preset weight threshold, that is, on the premise that the target in the target material box has been emptied, when the weight of the cleaning liquid flowing into the target material box is less than the preset weight threshold
  • the target material can be determined.
  • the cartridge is full, stop discharging cleaning liquid into the target cartridge.
  • the initial weight value measured by the weighing unit is the total weight of each material box before the cleaning liquid is discharged into the target material box, in order to clarify the weight change during the process of discharging the cleaning liquid into the target material box, before discharging the cleaning liquid into the target material box During the process, the real-time weight value measured by the weighing unit can be obtained in real time. It can be understood that as the clean liquid is discharged into the target material box, the weight of the target material box gradually increases, and the weight value measured by the weighing unit gradually increases, and The increased weight is the weight of the cleaning liquid discharged into the target bin.
  • the real-time weight value minus the initial weight value is the weight value of the clean liquid discharged into the target material box.
  • the liquid storage can be controlled The cleaning liquid in the container stops draining into the target bin.
  • the cleaning liquid in the liquid storage container can be controlled to stop being discharged into the target material box.
  • the weight value obtained by adding the initial weight value measured by the weighing unit plus the preset weight threshold is the target weight value that the weighing unit should weigh after completing the discharge of the cleaning liquid. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application , you can compare the real-time weight value obtained each time with the target weight value. When the real-time weight value is consistent with the target weight value, Then it can be considered that the cleaning liquid discharged into the target material box just fills the target material box, thus stopping the discharge of cleaning liquid. In this scenario, it is only necessary to adjust the initial weight value and the preset weight threshold before starting to discharge the cleaning liquid.
  • the target weight value is obtained by one addition. During the process of discharging the cleaning liquid, the real-time weight value obtained by each weighing can be directly compared with the target weight value, which can ensure the weight accuracy of the cleaning liquid discharged into the target box.
  • the pipe cleaning device can send a stop signal to the liquid storage container so that the liquid storage container stops discharging cleaning liquid into the target material box.
  • a preset error threshold can also be set in advance, and the difference between the real-time weight value and the target weight value is compared with the preset error threshold.
  • the liquid storage container can be controlled to continue delivering to the target material box. cleaning liquid, and when the difference between the real-time weight value and the target weight value is less than the preset error threshold, it can be considered that the cleaning liquid has filled the target material box, and then the liquid storage container can be controlled to stop discharging clean liquid into the target material box. liquid.
  • the preset error threshold can be any value such as 0.01g, 0.1g, 1g, etc.
  • the specific value can be determined based on past experience or multiple experiments. In different application scenarios, the preset error threshold can also be different. Here No more details.
  • the feeding device may also include a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box.
  • Each material box is connected to a liquid storage container that stores cleaning liquid, and controls the liquid level in the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe.
  • the method may further include:
  • each material box can be A liquid level detection unit is configured, and the liquid level detection unit is used to detect the liquid level height in the target material box during the discharge of the cleaning liquid.
  • the liquid level detection unit can be any existing liquid level gauge, liquid level detector, liquid level detection sensor or other device or structure that can be used to detect the liquid level. The details will not be discussed here. limited.
  • a liquid level upper limit line can be configured in advance.
  • the liquid level upper limit line can be used to indicate whether the liquid level in the material box reaches the highest liquid level that the material box can withstand.
  • the liquid level upper limit line Can be located near the top of the bin part, if the liquid level is lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level, it can be determined that the liquid level in the material box is low and can continue to contain the cleaning liquid; and if the liquid level is not lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level, it can be Make sure the liquid level in the material box is high. The stored cleaning liquid will nearly fill the volume of the material box. If you continue to discharge cleaning liquid into it, the liquid may overflow.
  • the purpose of setting the upper limit of the liquid level is to prevent the cleaning liquid in the target material box from overflowing. Therefore, in some application scenarios, the upper limit of the liquid level can also be level with the top of the inner cavity of the target material box. In this scenario Under the condition, the liquid level detection signal output by the liquid level detection unit can be used to determine whether the inner cavity of the target material box is full. When the target material box is not full, the clean liquid can continue to be discharged into the target material box. When full, stop draining cleaning liquid.
  • the upper limit lines of liquid level corresponding to each material box may be the same or different.
  • the specific height or position of each upper limit line of liquid level may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the liquid level detection unit when the clean liquid level in the target material box is lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level, the liquid level detection unit outputs a high-level liquid level detection signal, and when the clean liquid level in the target material box When the liquid level is not lower than the upper limit line, the liquid level detection unit outputs a low-level liquid level detection signal.
  • the target material box can be confirmed The level of the cleaning liquid in the pipe is lower than the upper limit of the liquid level, and the liquid storage container can be controlled to continue to discharge the cleaning liquid into the target material box; if the liquid level detection signal obtained by the pipeline cleaning device is a low-level signal, the target can be confirmed If the level of the cleaning liquid in the material box is not lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level, the target material box can be considered to be full at this time, and the liquid storage container can be controlled to stop discharging the cleaning liquid into the target material box.
  • the low-level liquid level detection signal can also be used to indicate that the clean liquid level in the target material box is lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level.
  • the high-level liquid level detection signal is used to It means that the clean liquid level in the target material box is not lower than the upper limit line of the liquid level, which will not be described in detail here.
  • this application also provides a pipeline cleaning device.
  • the pipeline cleaning device can be used to clean the discharge pipe of the feeding device.
  • the feeding device includes a weighing component and at least one material box. , each material box is equipped with a corresponding discharge pipe, and the weighing assembly is used to weigh the total weight of each material box, as shown in Figure 22.
  • Figure 22 is a functional module of the pipeline cleaning device provided in the embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram, the pipeline cleaning device 4300 may include:
  • Determining unit 4301 used to determine the target discharge pipe to be cleaned
  • the control unit 4302 is used to control the cleaning liquid in the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe to be discharged through the target discharge pipe;
  • the acquisition unit 4303 is used to obtain the current weight value of the target discharge pipe weighed by the weighing component in the process of discharging the cleaning liquid in the target box;
  • the judgment unit 4304 is configured to determine that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed if the weight change between the current weight value and the weight value at the previous moment is less than a preset change threshold.
  • control unit 4302 controls the cleaning liquid in the target box corresponding to the target discharge pipe to be discharged through the target discharge pipe, so that in the process of the target discharge pipe conveying the cleaning liquid, the cleaning liquid can be directed to the target.
  • the inner wall of the discharge pipe is flushed to clean the target discharge pipe, avoiding contamination of the target discharge pipe caused by condiments remaining on the inner wall of the target discharge pipe, ensuring the cleanliness and hygiene of the target discharge pipe, and improving the feeding device safety and reliability.
  • each discharge pipe is connected to a corresponding driving unit, and each driving unit is used to discharge the liquid in the corresponding material box through the corresponding discharge pipe.
  • the judgment unit 4304 can be used to:
  • the target drive unit corresponding to the target discharge pipe is maintained to operate
  • the target drive unit When the time to maintain the operation of the target drive unit reaches the preset time limit, the target drive unit is turned off to determine that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • the determination unit 4301 can be specifically used to:
  • the discharge pipe connected to the target material box is determined to be the target discharge pipe to be cleaned.
  • the feeding device also includes a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box.
  • the determination unit 4301 can also be used to:
  • the material box corresponding to the liquid level detection unit will be Determine it as the target material box.
  • the determination unit 4301 can also be used to:
  • the material box associated with the target material box identification code is determined as the target material box.
  • the determination unit 4301 determines the target material box according to the cleaning instruction. After that, the control unit 4302 can also be used to:
  • a discharging prompt indicating the emptying of the target seasoning is issued or the target material box is controlled to discharge the target seasoning.
  • each material box is respectively connected to a liquid storage container that stores cleaning liquid, and the control unit 4302 controls the cleaning liquid in the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe to be discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the clean liquid in the liquid storage container is controlled to stop being discharged into the target material box;
  • the target weight value is the preset value corresponding to the initial weight value and the target material box.
  • the feeding device also includes a liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box.
  • Each material box is connected to a liquid storage container that stores cleaning liquid.
  • the control unit 4302 controls the target material box corresponding to the target discharge pipe. The clean liquid inside is discharged through the target discharge pipe. Previously, it can also be used for:
  • the cleaning liquid in the liquid storage container is controlled to stop being discharged into the target material box.
  • this application also provides a feeding device.
  • the feeding device includes a weighing component and at least one material box. Each material box is equipped with a corresponding discharge pipe.
  • the weighing component is used for weighing. Measure the total weight of each material box;
  • the feeding device can also include a processor 4401 and a memory 4402.
  • the memory 4402 can be used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the processor 4401, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • FIG 23 it shows another structural schematic diagram of the feeding device involved in this application. Specifically:
  • the feeding device may include components such as a processor 4401 of one or more processing cores, a memory 4402 of one or more computer-readable storage media, a power supply 4403, and an input unit 4404. Those skilled in the art can understand It is understood that the structure shown in Figure 23 does not constitute a limitation on the feeding device.
  • the feeding device may also include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange different components. in:
  • the processor 4401 is the control center of the feeding device, using various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire feeding device, by running or executing software programs and/or unit modules stored in the memory 4402, and calling the software programs stored in the memory 4402. According to the data, the various functions of the feeding device are executed and the data is processed, so as to conduct overall monitoring of the feeding device.
  • the processor 4401 may include one or more processing cores; the processor 4401 may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP).
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • the general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the processor 4401 can integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, User interfaces and applications, etc.
  • the modem processor mainly handles wireless communications. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 4401.
  • the memory 4402 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 4401 executes various functional applications and data processing by running the software programs and modules stored in the memory 4402.
  • the memory 4402 may mainly include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function, etc.; the stored data area may store data created according to the use of the cooking device, etc.
  • memory 4402 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage device. Accordingly, the memory 4402 may also include a memory controller to provide the processor 4401 with access to the memory 4402.
  • the feeding device may also include a power supply 4403 that supplies power to each component.
  • the power supply 4403 may be logically connected to the processor 4401 through a power management system, thereby realizing functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the power supply 4403 may also include one or more DC or AC power supplies, recharging systems, power failure detection circuits, power converters or inverters, power status indicators, and other arbitrary components.
  • the dosing device may also include an input unit 4404 and an output unit 4405.
  • the input unit 4404 may be used to receive input numeric or character information and generate keyboard, mouse, joystick, optical or trackball signals related to user settings and function control. enter.
  • the feeding device may also include a display unit and other units for displaying relevant information such as cleaning progress to the user, which will not be described again here.
  • the processor 4401 in the feeding device will load the executable files corresponding to the processes of one or more application programs into the memory 4402 according to the following instructions, and the processor 4401 will run the executable files stored in the memory. 4402 applications to achieve various functions, as follows:
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk wait.
  • Computer instructions are stored thereon, and the computer instructions are loaded by the processor 4401 to execute the steps in any pipeline cleaning method provided by this application. For example, computer instructions when executed by processor 4401 implement the following functions:
  • the computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium can execute the steps of the pipeline cleaning method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 21 corresponding to any embodiment. Therefore, the pipeline cleaning method in the present application as shown in Figure 21 corresponding to any embodiment can be implemented.
  • the beneficial effects that the method can achieve are detailed in the previous description and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the feeding system provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a feeding system 4500.
  • the feeding system 4500 may include a feeding device 4501 and a control terminal 4502.
  • the feeding device 4501 It may include a weighing component and at least one material box, each material box is equipped with a corresponding discharge pipe, and the weighing component is used to weigh the total weight of each material box.
  • the control terminal 4502 is communicatively connected to the feeding device 4501, and is used to control the feeding device 4501 to perform the feeding operation, and implement the pipeline cleaning method corresponding to any embodiment in Figure 21.
  • the control end 4502 can control the feeding device 4501 to implement the pipeline cleaning method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 21. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the pipeline cleaning method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 21 can be achieved. See the previous description for details and will not go into details here.
  • the application also provides a cooking device, which may include a cooking container, a feeding device and a feeding pipe set Parts; wherein, the feeding device includes a weighing component and at least one material box, each material box is equipped with a corresponding discharge pipe, the weighing component is used to weigh the total weight of each material box, and each discharge pipe is connected to the feeding pipe respectively
  • the components are connected to add seasonings required for cooking to the cooking vessel through the feeding tube assembly.
  • the feeding device may also include a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by the processor, it can be used to implement the following functions:
  • the feeding device can realize the pipeline cleaning method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 21. Therefore, it can achieve the beneficial effects that can be achieved by the pipeline cleaning method in any embodiment of the present application as shown in Figure 21. See the previous description for details. , which will not be described in detail here.
  • a cleaning instruction is automatically triggered and sent to the feeding device.
  • the feeding device responds to the cleaning instruction and obtains the liquid level detection signal output by the liquid level detection unit corresponding to each material box. According to each liquid level detection The signal determines the material box whose seasoning liquid level is lower than the material shortage warning line as the target material box, and then determines the discharge pipe corresponding to the target material box as the target discharge pipe.
  • the clean liquid in the target material box is discharged through the target discharge pipe.
  • the clean liquid is used to flush the inner wall of the target discharge pipe and take away the target seasoning remaining on the inner wall of the target discharge pipe.
  • Get the current weight value measured by the weighing component during the discharge process The timing starts when the current weight value is equal to the weight value at the previous moment. If the current weight value within 45s is always equal to the weight value at the previous moment, it will be closed.
  • the target drive unit determines that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • a prompt is sent to the user whether to perform pipeline cleaning. If the user chooses to perform pipeline cleaning, the discharge pipe corresponding to the target material box selected by the user is determined as the target discharge pipe.
  • the user is prompted to empty the target seasoning in the target material box, and the user is prompted to pour the clean liquid into the target material box.
  • the target drive unit is controlled to drive the clean liquid in the target material box to be discharged through the target discharge pipe. , Use the cleaning liquid to flush the inner wall of the target discharge pipe and take away the target seasoning remaining on the inner wall of the target discharge pipe.
  • Get the current weight value measured by the weighing component during the discharge process The timing starts when the current weight value is equal to the weight value at the previous moment. If the current weight value within 410s is always equal to the weight value at the previous moment, it will be closed.
  • the target drive unit determines that the cleaning of the target discharge pipe is completed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a feeding device 5100, which is used to provide seasonings for a cooking container.
  • the feeding device 5100 includes a material box 5140 (see Figure 26), a weighing component 5110 and a feeding component 5120.
  • the material box 5140 is used to store cooking seasonings.
  • the seasonings include but are not limited to water, oil, salt or brine, soy sauce, dark soy sauce, light soy sauce, chili oil, vinegar. and its mixtures, etc.
  • the number of the material boxes 5140 is set to at least two, one of the material boxes 5140 is used to store oil, and the remaining material boxes 5140 are used to store other seasonings. This is because oil and other seasonings usually need to be put in separately. This is to avoid possible liquid splashing problems caused by adding oil and other liquids from other condiments to the cooking vessel at the same time.
  • the specific number of the material boxes 5140 can be set as needed. For example, it can be set to 2, 3, 5, 8, etc.
  • each of the material boxes 5140 can be set as needed.
  • one first material box 5141 and seven second material boxes 5142 are provided here, where the first material box 5141 is For storing water, the seven second material boxes 5142 are used for storing other seasonings. Since the amount of water used during the cooking process is greater than that of other seasonings, the volume and capacity of the first material box 5141 are larger than the volume and capacity of the second material box 5142 to reduce the need to replenish water during the cooking process. times and frequency.
  • the volume and capacity of each of the cartridges 5140 may be different from the above examples, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the material box 5140 is provided on the weighing assembly 5110, and the weighing component 5110 is used to weigh the material box 5140, thereby weighing the seasonings stored in the material box 5140, In order to obtain the dosage and/or storage information of seasonings, and facilitate corresponding operations.
  • the weighing component 5110 weighs and tares the material box 5140 once to obtain the weight of the spices in the material box 5140 .
  • the weighing component 5110 measures the material box 5140 twice, and the difference between the two measurements is the amount of the seasoning.
  • the weighing assembly 5110 includes a weighing sensor 5111 and a load platform 5112.
  • the load sensor 5111 may be a weight sensor, and the load platform 5112 is provided on the load sensor 5111.
  • the load platform 5112 is used to carry the material box 5140 (see Figure 26).
  • the feeding device 5100 includes a base 5130, and the weighing assembly 5110 further includes a connecting bracket 5113.
  • the connecting bracket 5113 is connected to the base 5130, and the load sensor 5111 is provided on the connecting bracket 5113, that is, the load sensor 5111 is installed on the base 5130 through the connecting bracket 5113. superior.
  • the load platform 5112 is fixed on the load sensor 5111, and the material box 5140 is detachably connected to the load platform 5112, so that the weight of the spices in the material box 5140 can be measured by the load sensor 5111 Weigh.
  • the material box 5140 and the load platform 5112 are detachably connected to each other, and the user can disassemble the material box 5140 from the load platform 5112 for cleaning and replacement of seasonings, etc. operate.
  • the load sensor 5111 can be set corresponding to the number and position of the material boxes 5140 to weigh the weight of each material box 5140. Alternatively, only one weighing sensor 5111 can be provided in total. This one weighing sensor 5111 is used to weigh the total weight of all the material boxes 5140, and determine the amount of seasoning based on changes in the total weight of all the material boxes 5140. . For example, after taking a certain type of condiment, the amount of the condiment is determined based on the decrease in total weight.
  • the material box 5140 storing specific types of spices is usually loaded at a specific position on the loading platform 5112 .
  • the load platform 5112 is provided with several loading positions in sequence, and the loading positions are used to load the material boxes 5140 .
  • Figure 25 shows a first loading position 51121 and a second loading position 51122.
  • the first loading position 51121 is configured to load a material box 5140 stored with soy sauce.
  • the second loading position Bit 51122 is set for loading cartridge 5140 containing vinegar.
  • the user may misplace the material box 5140 during use, for example, loading the material box 5140 containing vinegar into the first loading position 51121, which may lead to errors in taking the condiments during subsequent use.
  • each loading position of the load platform 5112 is provided with a connecting portion 51123.
  • the connecting portion 51123 is specifically an alignment protrusion and each alignment protrusion Have different shapes.
  • the material box 5140 is provided correspondingly to the connecting portion 51123, and each material box 5140 is provided with a mating portion for mating with the corresponding connecting portion 51123 (not shown in the figure). (shown), here, the fitting portion is an alignment recess.
  • the corresponding connecting portions 51123 and the mating portions can butt with each other, so that the cartridge 5140 can be detachably assembled to the load platform 5112, and the non-corresponding connecting portions 51123 and the mating portions have different shapes.
  • the connecting portion 51123 can be an alignment protrusion, and correspondingly, the matching portion can be an alignment depression, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the number of the material boxes 5140 is set to at least two.
  • the number of the feeding assemblies 5120 is also set to at least two, and the number of the feeding assemblies 5120 is one by one.
  • each of the feeding components 5120 is connected to the corresponding material box 5140.
  • the number of the cartridges 5140 is set to eight.
  • the number of the feeding components 5120 is also set to 8, and each of the feeding components has its corresponding The material box 5140 is connected for outputting the corresponding seasoning in the material box 5140 to the cooking container.
  • the number of the material boxes 5140 can be set to other numbers, and correspondingly, the number of the feeding assemblies can also be set to other numbers, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • each of the feeding components 5120 includes a feeding pipe 5121 , a first pipe section connecting piece 5122 , a second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and a driving piece 5124 .
  • the material conveying pipeline 5121 includes a first pipe section 51211 and a second pipe section 51212.
  • the first pipe section 51211 has a first end 51213 and a second end 51214.
  • the first end 51213 is connected to the first pipe section connector 5122
  • the second end 51214 is connected to the second pipe section connector 5123.
  • the first pipe section 51211 connects the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 and the second pipe section connecting piece 5123.
  • the second pipe section 51212 has a third end 51215 and a fourth end 51216.
  • the third end 51215 is connected to the second pipe section connecting piece 5123, and the fourth end 51216 is connected to the driving piece 5124, that is, the The second pipe section 51212 connects the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and the driving member 5124, and the first pipe section 51211 and the second pipe section 51212 are connected through the second pipe section connecting piece 5123.
  • the first pipe section connector 5122 is used to connect the material box 5140 (see Figure 26) and the first pipe section 51211, and forms a channel for supplying seasonings between the material box 5140 and the first pipe section 51211. path.
  • the load platform 5112 may include a side extension part 51124 extending in a direction away from the base 5130. When in use, the side extension part 51124 is located on a side of the magazine 5140. side to support the side of the cartridge 5140.
  • the first pipe section connector 5122 is provided on the side extension 51124 of the load platform 5112 .
  • the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 is provided on the side extension part 51124.
  • the conveying assembly 5120 may include a loading part 5125.
  • the loading part 5125 is generally plate-shaped and is disposed on the top of the side extension part 51124.
  • this embodiment does not refer to its structure. and specific locations.
  • the first pipe section connecting parts 5122 of at least two conveying assemblies 5120 are arranged on the loading part 5125 and are fixed to the side extension part 51124 of the loading platform 5112 through the loading part 5125.
  • the first pipe section connectors 5122 of each of the material conveying assemblies 5120 can also be connected to the load platform 5112 respectively, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the first pipe section connecting member 5122 has a first interface 51221 and a second interface 51222 that are connected.
  • the first interface 51221 is used to detachably connect to the material box 5140 (see Figure 26), for example, through a pipe to connect to the material box 5140, etc., when it is necessary to remove the material box 5140 from the
  • the second interface 51222 is used to connect the material conveying assembly 5120.
  • the spacing and the shape of the connecting member 5122 can be set according to needs, for example, according to the size of the corresponding liquid storage container 5140, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the first interface 51221 is configured in a funnel shape with a tapering inner diameter in a direction approaching the second interface 51222 .
  • the first interface 51221 and the second interface 51222 are arranged oppositely along the vertical direction, and the first interface 51221 is located on the upper side.
  • some residual seasoning may be located at the first interface 51221. Since the first interface 51221 is in the shape of a funnel with a tapering inner diameter, the remaining seasoning can easily flow toward the inside of the first interface 51221.
  • the surface of the first interface 51221 is not likely to have residual seasoning, and the user is not likely to come into contact with the residual seasoning when disassembling and installing the material box 5140, so as to prevent the user's hands from being contaminated by the seasoning.
  • a one-way valve (not shown) may be provided in the first pipe segment connector 5122, and the seasoning may be moved away from the material box 5140 through the first pipe segment connector 5122. Flow but not reverse flow to prevent the seasoning from flowing back into the material box 5140.
  • the second pipe segment connecting member 5123 is provided on the base 5130 to be fixed with the driving member 5124.
  • the driving member 5124 may be a pump or other structure.
  • the feeding pipe 5121 also has a discharging port 5126 connected to the cooking container.
  • the discharging port 5126 can be disposed downstream of the driving member 5124 or at other positions.
  • the driving member 5124 is configured in the feeding pipe 5121 for driving the seasoning to move along the feeding pipe 5121 and be supplied into the cooking container.
  • the driving member 5124 is specifically a peristaltic pump.
  • the peristaltic pump has the advantage of high precision. By adjusting the rotation speed of the peristaltic pump, the flow rate of the feeding pipeline 5121 can be adjusted conveniently and accurately.
  • the driving member 5124 will generate vibration when operating.
  • the vibration will be transmitted to the material box 5140 by the material conveying pipe 5121, and transmitted to the weighing assembly 5110 through the material box 5140, and This affects the weighing of the material box 5140 by the weighing component 5110 .
  • the amount of seasoning used during cooking will vary, and the taste of cooking will be affected.
  • the driving member 5124 is a peristaltic pump, since the peristaltic pump pumps out the seasoning by squeezing the feeding pipeline 5121, it is more likely to cause vibration of the feeding pipeline 5121 and affect the seasoning scale. Quantity accuracy.
  • the material conveying pipeline 5121 is provided in two parts: a first pipe section 51211 and a second pipe section 51212.
  • the first pipe section 51211 and the second pipe section 51212 are not directly connected but
  • the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 is connected through a fixed arrangement.
  • the vibration of the first pipe section 51211 needs to be transmitted to the pipe section provided in the first pipe section.
  • the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 between 51211 and the second pipe section 51212 can be transmitted to the second pipe section 51212.
  • the fixedly arranged second pipe section connecting piece 5123 helps to increase the vibration before it is transmitted to the second pipe section 51212.
  • the vibration of the driving member 5124 is mainly transmitted to the second pipe section 51212, and the vibration transmitted to the first pipe section 51211 connected to the material box 5140 is relatively small, which helps to reduce the weighing caused by vibration. error.
  • the first pipe section 51211 is configured as a hose, and both ends of the first pipe section 51211 are fixed by the first pipe section connector 5122 and the second pipe section connector 5123 respectively.
  • the driving member When the vibration generated during the operation of 5124 is transmitted to the first pipe section 51211, since the first pipe section 51211 is a flexible structure, the first pipe section 51211 will swing and absorb the vibration, which helps to further reduce the Effects of vibration on weighing. It can be understood that the length of the first pipe section 51211 is longer than the distance between the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and the first pipe section connecting piece 5122.
  • the first pipe section 51211 When the first pipe section 51211 is not subjected to external force, the The first pipe section 51211 is in a relaxed state, that is, the first pipe section 51211 is not in a tightened state, otherwise the first pipe section 51211 will not be able to swing and effectively absorb vibration.
  • the first pipe section 51211 may also be only partially configured as a hose to form a flexible structure and achieve vibration absorption.
  • the first pipe section 51211 can also be provided with other flexible structures.
  • the surface of the first pipe section 51211 can be provided with a spiral corrugated structure to form a bellows shape, so that when subjected to vibration, the corrugated structure can Expand or contract to absorb vibration. That is, at least part of the first pipe section 51211 is configured to be flexible, and the flexible part can absorb vibration through displacement or deformation, so as to reduce the vibration transmitted to the magazine 5140 and thereby improve the accuracy of weighing.
  • the second pipe section 51212 may also be configured to be flexible to reduce the transmission of vibration.
  • the second pipe section 51212 is also configured as a hose.
  • the second pipe section 51212 can generate displacement to absorb the vibration caused by the operation of the driving member 5124 and transmit it to the first pipe section 51211 The vibrations will be reduced and thus the vibrations transmitted to the weighing components will also be reduced.
  • the hose is more convenient to set up and the cost is lower.
  • the hose is easy to bend, which helps to adapt to different environmental spaces and realize the connection of various component brackets.
  • the second pipe section 51212 can also be configured as a hard pipe, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the base 5130 has a receiving chamber (not shown), and the driving member 5124 is disposed in the receiving chamber, which helps to protect the driving member 5124 and also protects the driving member 5124.
  • the space within the base 5130 is rationally utilized. Please refer to Figure 25 again.
  • the weighing component 5110 and the second pipe section connector 5123 are provided on one side of the base 5130.
  • the plane where the outer wall of one side of the base 5130 is located is the first plane. At least part of the projections of the weighing assembly 5110, the material box 5140 and the feeding assembly 5120 on the first plane are located within the projection of the base 5130 on the first plane.
  • one side of the base 5130 refers to the upper side of the base 5130 along the vertical direction, and the first plane is a horizontal plane.
  • the weighing assembly 5110 and the material box 5140 The feeding assembly 5120 occupies less space on the horizontal plane, which helps it be suitable for environments with small table space.
  • the driving member 5124 is disposed on the lower side of the magazine 5140.
  • the relatively heavy driving member 5124 is disposed on the lower side to achieve a counterweight effect. . This setting helps to improve the overall structural stability of the feeding device 5100 and reduce the risk of tipping due to excessive weight on the upper side.
  • the feeding device 5100 also includes a collection piece (not shown), and several discharge ports 5126 of the feeding assemblies 5120 provided corresponding to the material box 5140 are connected to the collection piece, and the The collection piece is used for connection to a cooking vessel.
  • the feeding device 5100 may also include an evacuation component (not shown).
  • the evacuation component may be an air pump or the like, which is connected to the collection member for pressurizing the collection member to add pressure to the collection member.
  • the seasonings in the collection piece are emptied into the cooking container, which prevents the seasonings from remaining in the collection piece and thus affects the actual amount of seasoning, and reduces the risk of the seasonings remaining in the collection piece for a long time.
  • the weighing assembly 5110 overlaps at least a portion of the projection of the second pipe section 51212 on the base 5130 .
  • This arrangement helps to shorten the second pipe section 51212 as much as possible to facilitate pumping out the seasoning, and also helps to reduce the volume of the base 5130.
  • the base 5130 is placed on a substantially horizontal plane, and the projections of the load sensor 5111 of the weighing assembly 5110 and the second pipe section 51212 on the base 5130 are two. or the projection on the horizontal plane, the load cell 5111 and the second pipe section 51212 occupy less space on the horizontal plane, and furthermore, the base 5130 also occupies less space on the horizontal plane, which helps to make The feeding device 5100 is more suitable for environments with small countertop space.
  • the difference in the amount of different seasonings used during the cooking process is large, but it is difficult to achieve a balance between the feeding accuracy and the feeding time using the driving member 5124 with the same flow rate.
  • the feeding accuracy of the driving part 5124 with a large flow rate will be difficult to control, but the driving part 5124 with a small flow rate will increase the feeding time, and may not add seasonings in time, thus affecting the quality of the dishes. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, as mentioned above, the cartridges 5140 with different volumes and capacities may be provided. For example, please refer to Figure 26 again, where a first material box 5141 with a larger capacity and a second material box 5142 with a smaller capacity are provided.
  • the first material box 5141 with a larger capacity is used to store a larger amount of food. seasoning.
  • this embodiment is also provided with a first driving member 51241 and a second driving member 51242 with different flow rates, wherein the flow rate of the first driving member 51241 is greater than the flow rate of the second driving member 51242.
  • the first driving part 51241 is correspondingly connected to the first material box 5141, and the second driving part 51242 is correspondingly connected to the second material box 5142.
  • a large-flow first driving member 51241 is used for the first material box 5141 that stores a large amount of seasoning
  • a small-flow second driving member 51242 is used for the second material box 5142 that stores a small amount of seasoning to pass through.
  • the different flow rates of the driving member 5120 achieve a balance between feeding accuracy and feeding time.
  • the description is mainly based on the embodiment in which the feeding assembly 5120 is arranged corresponding to the feeding box 5140. Of course, it can be understood that in other embodiments, only one feeding assembly may be provided.
  • Material component 5120, The first pipe section connecting member 5122 of the material conveying assembly 5120 is selectively connected to each of the material boxes 5140 through a valve group or the like to realize the supply of condiments.
  • the first pipe section connecting member 5122 may not be provided, but the first pipe section 51211 of the feeding pipeline 5121 may be directly connected to the material box 5140 .
  • the feeding device 5100 is a component of cooking equipment such as a wok machine. Therefore, accordingly, embodiments of the present application also provide a cooking device, which includes a feeding device 5100 and a cooking container (not shown).
  • the feeding device 5100 includes a weighing component 5110, a material box 5140 and a feeding component 5120.
  • the material box 5140 is arranged on the weighing assembly 5110.
  • the material conveying assembly 5120 includes a material conveying pipe 5121, a first pipe section connecting piece 5122, a second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and a driving member 5124.
  • the feeding pipe 5121 includes a first pipe section 51211 and a second pipe section 51212.
  • the first pipe section 51211 connects the first pipe section connector 5122 and the second pipe section connector 5123.
  • the first pipe section connector 5122 is connected to the weighing group.
  • the second pipe section 5110 is fixed, the second pipe section 51212 connects the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and the driving member 5124, and the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 is fixed to the driving member 5124.
  • the feeding device 5100 is used to provide seasoning for the cooking container.
  • the cooking container includes a pot, a heating device, a stir-fry device, etc.
  • the feeding device 5100 can be disposed on one side of the pot and communicate with the pot through the feeding assembly 5120 to supply seasonings to the pot.
  • the heating device can heat the ingredients put into the pot, and the stir-frying device can stir-fry the ingredients in the pot.
  • At least part of the first tube section 51211 is flexible to absorb vibration generated when the driving member 5124 operates.
  • the first pipe section 51211 is a hose.
  • the second pipe section 51212 is a hose.
  • the weighing assembly 5110 includes a load cell 5111 and a load platform 5112.
  • the load platform 5112 is disposed on the load cell 5111.
  • the first pipe section is disposed on the load platform 5112. Connector 5122.
  • the projections of the load cell 5111 and the second pipe section 51212 on the horizontal plane at least partially overlap.
  • inventions of the present application also provide a feeding structure, including a weighing assembly 5110 and a feeding assembly 5120.
  • the feeding assembly 5120 includes a feeding pipeline 5121, a first pipe segment connector 5122, and a second pipe segment connector. 5123 and driving member 5124.
  • the material conveying pipeline 5121 includes a first pipe section 51211 and a second pipe section 51212.
  • the first pipe section 51211 is used to insert seasonings and connect to the second pipe segment connector 5123.
  • the second pipe segment 51212 connects the second pipe segment connector 5123 and the driving member 5124.
  • the second pipe segment connector 5123 is connected to the second pipe segment connector 5123 and the driving member 5124.
  • the driving member 5124 is fixed.
  • a feeding device 5100 In application scenario five, a feeding device 5100 is provided.
  • the feeding device 5100 includes a base 5130, a feeding pipe 5121, a second pipe section connecting piece 5123, and a driving piece 5124.
  • the feeding pipe 5121 is divided into first Pipe section 51211 and second pipe section 51212, the second pipe section connecting piece 5123 is connected between the first pipe section 51211 and the second pipe section 51212, the driving member 5124 is connected to the second pipe section 51212, and the The second pipe section connecting piece 5123 and the second pipe section 51212 are fixed on the base 5130 .
  • a feeding device 5100 is provided, the structure of which is roughly the same as that in application example one.
  • the difference is that the first pipe section 51211 is set as a hose, and the driving member 5124 is set as a peristaltic pump.
  • the peristaltic pump will generate vibration when operating. When the vibration is transmitted to the first pipe section 51211, the first pipe section 51211 will Swing to absorb this vibration.
  • a feeding device 5100 is provided, the structure of which is roughly the same as that in application example two. The difference is that a first pipe section connecting piece 5122 is also included.
  • the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 is fixed to the weighing assembly 5110 .
  • the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 is used to connect between the material box 5140 and the first pipe section 51211.
  • the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 since the first pipe section connecting piece 5122 is fixedly arranged, it fixes the first pipe section 51211 with it.
  • the connected ends reduce the transmission of vibration to the material box 5140 and the weighing component 5110 in contact with the material box 5140.
  • a feeding device 5100 is provided, the structure of which is roughly the same as that in application example three. The difference is that the second pipe section 51212 is also configured as a hose.
  • a cooking device which includes a cooking container and the feeding device 5100 shown in any of the foregoing application examples.
  • a method of using cooking equipment is provided.
  • a controller controls the operation of the peristaltic pump corresponding to the material box 5140 to drive the seasoning in the corresponding material box 5140 to be input into the cooking container through the material conveying assembly 5120.
  • the weighing component 5110 passes the weight of the material box 5140 changes to determine the dosage.
  • control The controller controls the peristaltic pump to stop working. At this time, the preset amount of seasoning has been added to the material box 5140 .
  • the first pipe section 51211 absorbs the vibration of the peristaltic pump through swinging, reducing the vibration to the material box 5140 and the weighing assembly 5110 The transmission improves the accuracy of weighing.
  • FIG 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a feeding device.
  • the feeding device 6100 can be applied in cooking equipment.
  • the feeding device 6100 includes a base 6110, a loading platform 6113 and a plurality of material boxes 6121 to 6127.
  • the upper surface of the load platform is exposed above the base 6110.
  • a plurality of cartridges 6121 to 6127 are placed on the load platform 6113.
  • each material box 6121 to 6127 The user puts a variety of seasonings into each material box 6121 to 6127 respectively; in the specific scenario of this embodiment, the seasonings are stored in each of the above material boxes and are stored in liquid form; what kind of seasonings are stored in each material box can be Storage according to preset storage requirements can also be selected by the user and marked through the operating interface of the cooking equipment.
  • a corresponding pump is provided in the base 6110 corresponding to each material box.
  • Each pump is used to pump out the spices from its corresponding material box.
  • the base 6110 is provided with a material output interface 6111 and an electrical interface 6112.
  • the seasonings extracted from the material box can be transported to the cooking container of the cooking equipment through the material output interface 6111 through the material conveying pipe; the motor port 6112 is connected to the relevant power cord.
  • the cooking container can be located in the main body of the cooking equipment; the main body can provide power to the feeding device 6100 through the above-mentioned electrical interface 6112 and conduct signal communication.
  • the wireless communication method may be, but is not limited to, Bluetooth, ZigBee, wireless-fidelity technology (wireless-fidelity, Wi-Fi), etc.
  • the processor provided on the main body can control the feeding device 6100 to automatically add seasonings to the cooking container 621 located in the main machine based on the information interaction between the main body and the feeding device, and receive a response from the feeding device 6100 as to whether there is no ingredient in the feeding box. Waiting for test results.
  • the feeding device can be equipped with a weighing sensor to detect the discharge amount of each material box.
  • a load sensor may be provided below each of the magazine boxes 6121 to 6127.
  • the discharging amount of the material box can be determined based on the detection results of the weighing sensor. According to the output amount, it can also be determined whether there is any shortage in the material box. materials, and reminds the user to add materials when there is a shortage of materials. For example, the user can be reminded to replenish condiments by flashing an abnormal indicator light, beeping from a buzzer, or making a voice announcement through a speaker.
  • a load sensor in the dosing device can be used to detect the total weight of multiple cartridges 6121 to 6127.
  • Load cells need to be in a static environment to achieve accurate weight detection.
  • the user accidentally touches the material box, or the material box is affected by wind due to air flow, which will affect the accuracy of the load sensor's detection results.
  • the amount of seasoning added by the dosing device to the cooking container is inaccurate.
  • the amount of certain spices required in a dish may be very small, but the amount of these spices added can have a great impact on the taste of the dish.
  • the inaccurate amount of seasonings added by the adding device to the cooking container may result in poor taste of the dishes produced by the cooking equipment and affect the user experience.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a feeding device.
  • the feeding device provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to Figures 32 to 36.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of the base of a feeding device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base of the dosing device may be located in the dosing device.
  • the feeding device may be a part of the cooking equipment, and the cooking equipment is used to realize automatic cooking, and may specifically be a cooking robot.
  • the base 6210 includes a load sensor 6211 and a limiting part 6212.
  • the base 6210 can be used to place the cartridge 6220.
  • the material box 6220 can be used to carry condiments.
  • a load sensor 6211 is provided in the base 6210, and the load sensor 6211 is used to detect the weight of the material box 6220.
  • the number of cartridges 6220 placed on the base 6210 may be one or more, and the number of load cells 6211 may also be one or more.
  • Each load cell can be used to detect the weight of one or more boxes.
  • the load sensor 6211 is used to detect the total weight of multiple cartridges 6220.
  • the base 6210 is used to support the protective cover 6230.
  • the protective cover 6230 covers the material box 6220.
  • the limiting portion 6212 is used to limit the positional relationship between the protective cover 6230 and the base 6210, so that there is a gap between the protective cover 6230 and the covered magazine 6220.
  • the limiting portion 6212 By providing the limiting portion 6212 on the base 6210, there is a gap between the protective cover 6230 covering the cartridge 6220 and the cartridge 6220, so that the protective cover 6230 does not contact the cartridge 6220, and the user can avoid accidentally touching the cartridge. 6220, and avoid the impact of the external environment on the material box 6220, thereby reducing the impact of external factors on the weighing result of the load sensor 6211, and improving the accuracy of the weight detection result of the material box 6220 by the load sensor 6211.
  • the base 6210 may also be provided with a transmission pipe.
  • the transmission pipe is used to transport the materials output by the material box 6220.
  • the transmission pipeline can correspond to the material box 6220 one-to-one.
  • Each transmission pipe can transport the materials contained in the corresponding material box.
  • Each transmission pipe 6213 can be provided with a power device to provide power for the transmission of materials in the transmission pipe.
  • the power device may be a peristaltic pump, for example.
  • the materials in the material box 6220 can be discharged from the feeding device after being transported through the transmission pipe.
  • the base 6210 may also include a manifold.
  • the materials in the material box 6220 can be transported to the material collecting device through the transmission pipe, and the materials contained in the material collecting device can be discharged from the feeding device through the material conveying pipe.
  • the limiting portion 6212 can be implemented in a variety of ways; generally speaking, the limiting portion 6212 is a structure located on the side wall or upper surface of the base 6210 . Three possible ways to implement the limiting part 6212 are introduced below.
  • the limiting part 6212 may be an annular protrusion provided on the side wall of the base 6210.
  • the upper surface of the annular protrusion can support the side walls of the protective cover 6230.
  • the limiting portion 6212 cooperates with the side wall of the base 6210 to limit the position of the side wall of the protective cover 6230, thereby limiting the positional relationship with the base 6210.
  • the limiting part 6212 may also be a groove provided on the upper surface of the base 6210.
  • the bottom of the groove can support the side walls of the shield 6230. That is, if the shield 6230 is placed on the base 6210, the bottom of the side walls of the shield 6230 may be located in the groove.
  • the side walls of the groove can limit the position of the bottom of the side walls of the protective cover 6230, thereby limiting the positional relationship between the protective cover 6230 and the base 6210.
  • the limiting portion 6212 is a sunken annular step surface located at the outer edge of the upper surface of the base 6210 .
  • the step surface can support the side wall of the protective cover 6230, that is, the side wall of the protective cover 6230 is supported on the step surface. Therefore, the step elevation formed by the height difference between the inner edge of the step surface and the upper surface of the base can limit the position of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230, thereby limiting the positional relationship between the protective cover 6230 and the base 6210.
  • the limiting portion 6212 is designed as an annular groove or a sunken annular step surface on the upper surface of the base 6210, making the structure of the base 6210 and the protective cover 6230 more precise. For simplicity, the process complexity of the base 6210 and the protective cover 6230 can be effectively reduced.
  • the limiting part 6212 Comparing the two forms of the limiting part 6212, the annular groove in the second mode and the sunken annular step surface in the third mode, the limiting part 6212 is set as a sunken annular step surface, and the limit part can be cleaned along the outer edge.
  • the position 6212 can make the cleaning process of the base 6210 easier.
  • the above-mentioned groove and the sunken annular step surface can surround the area 6221 where the magazine 6220 is located. That is, as shown in FIG. 33 , the inner edges of the groove and the stepped surface can surround the area 6221 where the magazine 6220 is located. That is to say, the groove and the stepped surface surround the material box 6220 and have a first set distance from the area 6221 where the material box 6220 is located, and do not contact the area 6221.
  • the groove (obviously opening upward) and the sunken annular step surface are located on the upper surface of the base 6210.
  • the area 6221 where the cartridge 6220 is located can be understood as the projection area of the cartridge 6220 on the upper surface of the base 6210.
  • the inner edge of the groove and step surface surrounds the area 6221 where the material box 6220 is located.
  • the protective cover 6230 adopts a simpler structure to realize the gap between the material box 6220 and reduce the manufacturing cost of the protective cover 6230.
  • the side close to the center of the projection area of the upper surface of the base 6210 and the cartridge 6220 can be understood as the inner side
  • the side away from the center of the projection area of the upper surface of the base 6210 and away from the cartridge 6220 can be understood as the outer side.
  • the base 6210 may be configured in a shape such as a rectangular parallelepiped or a cylinder with a vertical central axis.
  • the side close to the vertical central axis can be understood as the inner side, and the side far from the central axis can be understood as the outer side.
  • the side walls of the protective cover 6230 may be inclined inward from bottom to top. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the protective cover is relatively simple and the manufacturing cost is low.
  • the grooves and sunken annular step surfaces can be shaped according to the inclination of the side walls of the protective cover 6230. The position should be set appropriately to avoid contact between the protective cover 6230 and the material box.
  • the specific arrangement is that the inclined distance between the top and bottom ends of the side walls of the protective cover 6230 is less than the distance between the step surface or the inner edge of the groove and the area 6221 where the magazine 6220 is located.
  • the projection of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 on the upper surface of the base 6210 can be prevented from falling into the area 6221 where the material box 6220 is located, so that there is a gap between the protective cover 6230 and the material box 6220, and the protective cover 6230 is prevented from contacting Material box 6220.
  • the limiting portion 6212 is a sunken annular step surface located at the outer edge of the upper surface of the base 6210
  • the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 does not exceed the outer edge of the step surface, so that the base 6210 and the magazine can be included.
  • the overall shape of the feeding device of 6220 and protective cover 6230 is more beautiful, and the protective cover 6230 provides better sealing for the material box 6220 to avoid the wind force generated by air flow from acting on the material box 6220, and improves the detection of the load sensor 6211 accuracy of results.
  • the width of the step surface can be set so that the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 does not exceed the side wall of the base 6210, that is, the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 does not exceed the outer edge of the step surface.
  • the step surface and the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 can both be circular rings, and the width of the step surface can be greater than or equal to the difference between the inner diameter of the side wall bottom of the protective cover 6230 minus the inner diameter of the step surface and the protective cover 6230 The sum of the differences between the inner and outer radii of the bottom of the side wall.
  • the cross-sections of the step surface and the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 can also be rectangular.
  • the first direction is a direction perpendicular to one side of the step surface, then the width of the side of the step surface l 2 ,
  • the difference between the first inner distance d 1 of the annular bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 along the first direction minus the second inner distance d 2 of the annular step surface along the first direction and the side of the protective cover 6230 may be greater than or equal to
  • the sum of the thickness l of the rectangular ring at the bottom of the wall is 1 .
  • the thickness of the portions of the rectangular ring at the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 located on each side may be equal.
  • the difference between the first inner distance d 1 minus the second inner distance d 2 can be understood as the maximum movement distance of the protective cover 6230 along the first direction.
  • the maximum moving distance along the first direction can also be understood as the maximum range of movement along the first direction.
  • the sum of the maximum movement distance and the rectangular ring thickness l 1 at the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 can be understood as the maximum distance between the outermost end of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 and the inner edge of the step surface along the first direction. .
  • the width l2 of the step surface is greater than or equal to the maximum distance between the outermost end of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 and the inner edge of the step surface, then the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 will not exceed the side wall of the base 6210.
  • the width of the step surface in any direction is greater than or equal to the first inner edge distance of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 in any direction minus the second inner edge of the step surface in any direction. If the difference in distance is the sum of the width of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 in either direction, the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 does not exceed the outer edge of the step surface.
  • the protective cover 6230 is placed on the step surface, so the first inner edge distance is greater than the second inner edge distance.
  • Base 6210 may also include a load platform.
  • the load platform may expose the upper surface of base 6210.
  • the load platform can be used to carry the material box 6220, and the load sensor 6211 can be used to detect the weight of the object carried by the load platform.
  • Protective cover 6230 can cover the load platform.
  • the limiting portion 6212 allows a gap to exist between the side wall of the protective cover 6230 and the load platform.
  • the material box 6220 By setting up a load platform, the material box 6220 can be placed on the load platform, and the load sensor 6211 can be used to detect the weight of the material box 6220 carried by the load platform.
  • the setting of the load platform makes it easier to detect the total weight of the material box 6220, and can make the placement state of the material box 6220 more stable.
  • the limiting portion 6212 creates a gap between the side wall of the protective cover 6230 and the load platform, thereby preventing the protective cover 6230 from contacting the load platform, and thus preventing the protective cover 6230 from affecting the detection results of the load sensor 6211.
  • the protective cover 6230 covers the load platform, which can prevent users from accidentally touching the load platform, thereby reducing the impact of external factors on the weighing results of the load cell 6211 and improving the accuracy of the weight detection results of the material box 6220 by the load cell 6211.
  • the outer edge of the load platform surrounds the area where the material box 6220 is located, and has a second set distance from the area. Therefore, the load platform can provide more stable support for the cartridge 6220.
  • the limiting portion 6212 can be disposed on the upper surface of the base 6210 and surrounds the area where the load platform is located.
  • the inner edge of the groove and step surface surrounds the area where the load platform is located.
  • the protective cover 6230 can adopt a simpler structure to achieve a gap between the protective cover 6230 and the load platform, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost of the protective cover 6230.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic three-dimensional structural view of a feeding device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the protective cover 6430 can be placed on the base 6410.
  • the housings of the protective cover 6430 and the base 6410 may be made of plastic or other materials.
  • the protective cover 6430 can adopt a planar or grid structure. Adopting a planar structure, that is, the protective cover 6430 has a certain degree of airtightness, which not only prevents users from accidentally touching the material box and load platform, but also prevents the material box and load platform from being affected by wind or other forces.
  • the protective cover 6430 may be made of transparent plastic material with a planar structure.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the feeding device shown in FIG. 34 with the protective cover 6430 removed.
  • multiple material boxes 6420 can be placed above the base of the feeding device 6400.
  • the plurality of cartridges 6420 may be placed on the load platform 6440. Load platform 6440 exposes the upper surface of base 6410
  • Fig. 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the feeding device shown in Fig. 34.
  • An upper fixing frame 6413 and a lower fixing frame 6414 are provided in the base 6410, and the lower fixing frame 6414 can be fixed in the base 6410.
  • a load cell 6411 is also provided in the base 6410, located between the upper fixing frame 6413 and the lower fixing frame 6414.
  • the load platform 6440 can be fixed on the upper fixing frame 6413.
  • the load platform 6440 and the upper fixing frame 6413 can be assembled as one body, and the lower fixing frame 6414 and the base 6410 can be assembled as one body.
  • the load sensor 6411 may be used to detect the weight of an object carried on the load platform 6440. Multiple boxes 6420 are placed on the load platform 6440, that is, the load sensor 6411 can be used for the total weight of the multiple boxes 6420.
  • the protective cover 6430 When the protective cover 6430 is placed above the base 6410, the protective cover 6430 covers the load platform 6440 and the plurality of material boxes 6420. Through reasonable structural arrangements of the protective cover 6430 and the base 6410, there are gaps between the protective cover 6430 and the load platform 6440, and between the multiple material boxes 6420, and the protective cover 6430 will not touch the load platform 6440 and multiple material boxes 6420. 6420 boxes. Therefore, the load platform 6440 and the plurality of material boxes 6420 are in a relatively stationary environment, and the detection of the total weight of the plurality of material boxes 6420 by the weighing sensor 6411 will not be interfered by the outside world, thereby improving the precision and accuracy of the weighing results.
  • a transmission pipe (not shown) may also be provided within the base 6410.
  • the transmission pipeline is used to transport materials output from multiple material boxes 6420. Through the transmission of the transmission pipeline, the materials contained in the multiple material boxes 6420 can be discharged from the feeding device.
  • Fig. 37 is an enlarged view of area A in the feeding device shown in Fig. 36.
  • the outer edge of the upper surface of the base 6410 is provided with a sunken annular step surface 6412.
  • the step surface 6412 supports the side wall of the protective cover 6430.
  • the step surface 6412 is used to limit the relative position of the protective cover 6430 and the base, and the cleaning method of the step surface 6412 is relatively simple, which increases the time and cost required for the user to clean the feeding device 6400.
  • the inner edge of the step surface 6412 may be connected to the upper surface of the base 6110 through a flat or curved connecting surface.
  • the connecting surface may be inclined inwardly from bottom to top.
  • the inner edge 6412a of the step surface 6412 surrounds the outside of the area where the load platform 6440 is located.
  • the outer edge of the load platform 6440 surrounds the outside of the area where the plurality of material boxes 6420 are located. There may be a set distance between the outer edge of the load platform 6440 and the area where the plurality of material boxes 6420 are located.
  • the load platform 6440 can provide stable support for multiple cartridges 6420.
  • the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6430 does not need to extend below the load platform 6440 and the plurality of material boxes 6420. It can have a simpler structure and lower production cost.
  • the side walls of the protective cover 6430 may be arranged in a vertical direction or a nearly vertical direction. In order to reduce process costs, the side walls of the protective cover 6430 can be inclined inward from bottom to top.
  • the side walls of the protective cover 6430 can be located outside the area where the load platform 6440 is located.
  • the horizontal projection of the side walls of the protective cover 6430 can surround outside the area where the load platform 6440 is located.
  • the area where the load platform 6440 is located can be understood as the projection of the load platform 6440 in the horizontal direction.
  • the distance sloping between the top and bottom ends of the side walls of the protective cover 6430 may be less than the distance d 3 between the inner edge 6412a of the step surface 6412 and the area where the load platform 6440 is located.
  • the outer edge of the load platform 6440 surrounds the outside of the area where the multiple material boxes 6420 are located, that is, the area where the load platform 6440 is located includes the area where the multiple material boxes 6420 are located. Therefore, the inclination distance between the top and bottom ends of the side walls of the protective cover 6430 is also smaller than the distance between the inner edge 6412a of the step surface 6412 and the area where the plurality of cartridges 6420 are located.
  • the position of the inner edge 6412a of the step surface 6412 is determined according to the inclination of the side wall of the protective cover 6430, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost of the protective cover 6430.
  • the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6430 may be provided with an extension portion 6431 extending outward. Providing the protruding portion 6431 can improve the strength of the protective cover 6430 and reduce the possibility of deformation or damage of the protective cover 6430.
  • the width of the step surface 6412 can be reasonably set to prevent the extension 6431 of the protective cover 6430 from exceeding the side wall of the base 6410.
  • the width l 2 of the step surface 6412 may be greater than the thickness l 1 of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6430.
  • the thickness l 1 of the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6430 can be understood as the horizontal distance between the outermost end of the extension 6431 and the inner position 6430a of the side wall of the protective cover 6430 at the height of the upper surface of the base 6410.
  • the step surface 6412 and the side wall bottom of the protective cover 6430 are also rectangular, and the width l 2 of the step surface can be greater than or equal to the first inner distance d 1 of the side wall bottom of the protective cover 6430 minus the second inner distance of the step surface 6412 The difference between d 2 and the thickness l 1 of the rectangular ring at the bottom of the side wall of the shield 6430.
  • the thickness of the portions of the rectangular ring at the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6230 located on each side may be equal.
  • the first inner distance d 1 can be understood as the distance between two opposite inner side walls of the protective cover 6430 at the height of the position 6430a.
  • the second inner distance d 2 can be understood as the distance between the inner edges of the two opposite step surfaces 6412 of the two opposite inner side walls of the protective cover 6430 .
  • the difference between the first inner distance d 1 minus the second inner distance d 2 can be understood as the maximum movement distance of the protective cover 6430 in the direction to a certain side of the rectangle.
  • the maximum moving distance is equal to the thickness l 1 of the rectangular ring at the bottom of the side wall of the protective cover 6430
  • the sum can be understood as the maximum distance between the outermost end of the protruding portion 6431 and the inner edge of the step surface along this direction.
  • the extension part 6431 will not exceed the side wall of the base 6410.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a feeding device, including a protective cover, a material box and the above-mentioned base.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a cooking device, which includes a cooking container and the aforementioned feeding device.
  • the cooking device is activated to start cooking a dish.
  • the controller of the cooking equipment outputs discharging instruction information, so that the two boxes containing salt water and sugar water in the multiple boxes of the feeding device are discharged in sequence.
  • the weighing sensor periodically detects the total weight of the multiple boxes, and the processor determines the actual output of the box based on the detection results of the weighing sensor.
  • the protective cover of the feeding device covers the plurality of material boxes, and there are gaps between the protective cover and the plurality of material boxes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Devices For Dispensing Beverages (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质。为多个料盒设置进行总重量检测的称重传感器，并在该多个料盒中目标料盒出料的过程中根据称重传感器的检测结果，即可计算目标料盒的称重传感器，对目标料盒的出料情况进行检测。无需为多个料盒分别设置传感器进行检测，减少对任一料盒的出料情况的检测所需的传感器数量，降低成本。

Description

加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质
本申请要求于2022年8月9日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210951444.8、专利申请名称为“供料装置、烹饪设备及供料结构”的中国专利申请的优先权；本申请要求于2022年8月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211056655.1、专利申请名称为“管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备”的中国专利申请的优先权；本申请要求于2022年9月1日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211071813.0、专利申请名称为“加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备”的中国专利申请的优先权；本申请要求于2022年9月1日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211061205.1、专利申请名称为“加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备”的中国专利申请的优先权；本申请要求于2022年8月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210984023.5的中国专利申请的优先权；本申请要求于2022年8月9日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210953321.8的中国专利申请的优先权；其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及烹饪装置技术领域，特别涉及一种加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质。
背景技术
烹饪设备是一种可以对烹饪原料进行烹调的电器设备。在烹饪过程中，烹饪设备的主体机控制器可以控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器中添加调料，从而完成烹饪。
如果在加料装置中的料瓶盛放的调料不足的情况下完成烹饪，将影响烹饪设备制作的菜品的口感，影响用户体验。可以在加料装置中的各个料瓶中设置传感器，从而对各个料瓶的出料量进行检测。避免由于料瓶缺料或其他原因导致料瓶的实际出料量与预设量不相等。
但是，为各个料瓶设置单独的传感器，使得加料装置中设置的传感器数量较多，加料装置的成本较高。
技术解决方案
为解决上述技术问题中的至少之一，本申请提供一种加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质，所采用的技术方案如下。
本申请提供一种加料控制方法，用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，加料装置包括多个料盒，方法包括：获取出料指示信息，出料指示信息用于指示目标料盒为多个料盒中的当前出料的料盒；根据用于检测多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及出料指示信息，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
本申请提供一种加料装置，用于向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，加料装置包括：多个料盒；获取单元，用于获取出料指示信息，出料指示信息用于指示多个料盒中的目标料盒，以及启动出料过程；计算单元，用于根据用于检测多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及出料指示信息，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
本申请提供一种加料装置，包括：处理器和存储器；存储器用于存储程序，处理器调用存储器存储的程序，以执行如上述实施例所阐述的方法。
本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质存储有程序和数据，程序被处理器执行，用于实现如上述实施例所阐述的方法。
本申请提供一种加料系统，加料系统包括加料装置和控制端，控制端与加料装置通信连接，用于控制加料装置执行加料操作，并实现如上述实施例所阐述的加料控制方法。
本申请提供一种烹饪设备，烹饪设备包括烹饪容器、加料装置以及输料管组件；加料装置包括加料装置和控制端，加料装置包括多个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，各排料管分别与输料管组件连通，以通过输料管组件向烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料；加料装置还包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时，用于实现如上述实施例所阐述的加料控制方法。
本申请提供一种加料装置，包括：用料量检测单元、称重传感器和多个料盒，称重传感器用于检测多个料盒的总重量；用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据出料指示信息、以及称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；目标料盒是出料指示信息指示的在多个料盒中当前出料的料盒。
本申请提供一种烹饪设备，包括如上述实施例所阐述的加料装置。
本申请提供一种烹饪设备，包括加料装置和烹饪容器，其中，加料装置包括，称重组件，包括称重传感器；多个料盒，设置在称重组件上，称重传感器用于检测多个料盒的总重量；用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据出料指示信息、以及称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；目标料盒是出料指示信息指示的在多个料盒中当前出料的料盒；至少两个输料组件，输料组件与料盒一一对应，每一输料组件均包括输料管道、第一管段连接件、第二管段连接件和驱动件，输料管道包括第一管段和第二管段，第一管段连接件与称重组件相固定，对应的料盒连接至第一管段连接件，第一管段连接第一管段连接件和第二管段连接件，第二管段连接第二管段连接件和驱动件，驱动件的下游连接至烹饪容器，第二管段连接件与驱动件相固定。
本申请提供一种加料结构，其特征在于，包括，称重组件，包括称重传感器，称重传感器用于检测称重组件上多个料盒的总重量；用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据出料指示信息、以及称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；目标 料盒是出料指示信息指示的在多个料盒中当前出料的料盒；至少两组输料组件，输料组件包括输料管道、第一管段连接件、第二管段连接件和驱动件，输料管道包括第一管段和第二管段，第一管段连接件用于接入调料，第一管段连接第一管段连接件和第二管段连接件，第二管段连接第二管段连接件和驱动件，驱动件的下游用于连接至烹饪容器，第一管段连接件与称重组件相固定，第二管段连接件与驱动件相固定。
有益效果
本申请的实施例至少具有以下有益效果：为多个料盒设置进行总重量检测的称重传感器，并在该多个料盒中目标料盒出料的过程中根据称重传感器的检测结果，即可计算目标料盒的称重传感器，对目标料盒的出料情况进行检测。无需为多个料盒分别设置传感器进行检测，减少对任一料盒的出料情况的检测所需的传感器数量，降低成本。
附图说明
图1是一种加料装置的示意图；
图2是图1所示的加料装置中的料盒的截面示意图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种用于烹饪设备的加料装置的示意性结构图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种加料装置的示意性结构图；
图5是图4所示的加料装置的侧视图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种用于烹饪设备的用料量检测方法的示意性流程图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种缺料检测方法的示意性流程图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种用料量检测装置的示意性结构图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种用料量检测装置的示意性结构图；
图10是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图；
图11是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制方法的一个流程示意图；
图12是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制装置的一个功能模块示意图；
图13是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的另一个结构示意图；
图14是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图；
图15是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图；
图16是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制方法的一个流程示意图；
图17是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制装置的一个功能模块示意图；
图18是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的另一个结构示意图；
图19是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图；
图20是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图；
图21是本申请实施例中提供的管路清洁方法的一个流程示意图；
图22是本申请实施例中提供的管路清洁装置的一个功能模块示意图；
图23是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的另一个结构示意图；
图24是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图；
图25是一种加料装置的结构示意图。
图26是料盒配合在称重组件上的结构示意图。
图27是若干个供料组件的结构示意图。
图28是单个供料组件的结构示意图。
图29是单个供料组件的分解示意图。
图30是图25中第一管段连接件的布置示意图；
图31是一种加料装置的示意图；
图32是本申请实施例提供的一种用于加料装置的基座的示意性结构图；
图33是防护罩与用于加料装置的基座的俯视示意图；
图34是本申请实施例提供的另一种加料装置的示意性结构图；
图35是图34所示的加料装置的去除防护罩后的示意性结构图；
图36是图34所示的加料装置的截面示意图；
图37是图36所示的加料装置的局部放大图。
本申请的实施方式
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果更加清晰明白，以下结合附图和具体实施方式，对本申请进行进一步详细说明。应当理解的是，本说明书中描述的具体实施方式仅仅是为了解释本申请，并不是为了限定本申请。
在本申请的描述中，需要理解的是，术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系，仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述，而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作，因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。此外，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个所述特征。在本申请的描述中，“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上，除非另有明确具体的限定。
在本申请的描述中，需要说明的是，除非另有明确的规定和限定，术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解，例如，可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或一体地连接；可以是机械连接，可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连，可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理 解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。
在本申请中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，第一特征在第二特征之“上”或之“下”可以包括第一和第二特征直接接触，也可以包括第一和第二特征不是直接接触而是通过它们之间的另外的特征接触。而且，第一特征在第二特征“之上”、“上方”和“上面”包括第一特征在第二特征正上方和斜上方，或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度高于第二特征。第一特征在第二特征“之下”、“下方”和“下面”包括第一特征在第二特征正上方和斜上方，或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度小于第二特征。
在申请实施例中，“平行”是指直线与直线、直线与面、或面与面形成的角度为-1°～1°的状态。另外，“垂直”是指直线与直线、直线与面、或面与面形成的角度为89°～91°的状态。距离相等或角度相等，是指公差范围在-1％～1％的状态。
随着生活节奏的加快和厨房革命的兴起，自动化的烹饪设备将逐渐成为厨房烹饪的主角。
烹饪设备是一种可以对烹饪原料进行烹调的电器设备，无需人工看管。用户将准备好的主料、配料投入烹饪设备的烹饪容器，并设定程序后，烹饪设备可以按照设定的程序实现自动炒、煎、烹、炸、爆、焖、蒸、煮、烙、炖、煲等多种功能，并可以通过加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器中添加调料，实现了自动化烹饪。
为了进一步提高烹饪设备的智能性以降低用户使用门限，还需尽可能地检测烹饪设备自身的一些状态。例如，与加料装置相关的一些状态，如加料装置中的料盒安装状态、料盒所存放的调料、料盒的出料量、加料装置与烹饪设备主机体间的连通状况、料盒中是否缺料等等。所述加料装置主要是指添加调料的装置，当然也不排除可以是主料添加装置。在本实施例的场景下，设定加料装置的各个料盒中放置的是各种调料，特别是指液体状态或流体状态的调料。调料包括人们用来调制作食品等的辅助用品，如酱油、食盐、酱味等单一调味料及鸡精调味料等复合调味料等。
图1是一种加料装置的示意性结构图。加料装置1100可以应用在烹饪设备中。
加料装置1100包括基座1110和多个料盒1121至1127。多个料盒1121至1127设置在基座1110的上方。
用户将多种调料分别投入个料盒1121至1127。
基座1110内设置有每个料盒对应的泵。每个泵用于将其对应的料盒中的调料抽出。
基座1110上设置有料输出接口1111和电接口1112。从料盒抽出的调料可以通过料输出接口1111经输料管道输送至烹饪设备的烹饪容器。
烹饪容器可以位于烹饪设备的主体机。主体机可以通过电接口1112为加料装置1100供电。
烹饪设备的主体机与烹饪设备的加料装置1100之间可以进行信息交互。主体机与加料 装置1100可以通过有线或无线的方式进行通信。无线通信方式可以为但不限于蓝牙、紫蜂(ZigBee)、无线保真技术(wireless-fidelity，WiFi)等。
主机体与加料装置1100之间通过信息交互可以实现相应的各种功能。比如，设在主机体上的处理器可以基于主机体与加料装置间的信息交互，控制加料装置1100自动向位于主体机的烹饪容器121内添加调料、接收加料装置1100对料盒内是否无料等的检测结果。
图2是一种料盒的示意图。图2所示的料盒1200可以是料盒1121至1127中的任一个。
如图2所示，料盒1200的内部设置有内部管道1211，料盒1200的外侧设置有外部管道1211。内部管道1211的底部可以与料盒1200的底部接触或不接触。料盒1200侧壁靠近顶部的位置可以设置有突出部1240。内部管道1210的顶部经过突出部1240的底部与外部管道1211的顶部连接。
料盒1200中的流体可以经过内部管道1211和外部管道1211后流动至输出接口1111。料盒1200对应的泵1220可以为流体在内部管道1211和外部管道1211中的流动提供动力，以使得料盒1200中的流体流动至输出接口1111，即使得料盒1200出料。
料盒1200可以设置在加料装置1100的负载平台上。负载平台的上表面可以露出基座1110的上表面。料盒1200底部还可以设置固定装置1250。固定装置1250可以是设置在料盒1200底部并向料盒1200内部凹陷的凹陷部。该凹陷部与设置在负载平台上的凸起部配合，以使得料盒1200与负载平台的相对位置稳定。
料盒侧壁可以设置液位开关1230。液位开关1230包括三棱镜结构和光电组件。
三棱镜结构的高度可以根据内部管道1211的底部的高度确定。例如，三棱镜结构的高度可以与内部管道1211的底部的高度一致。
光电组件包括光发射器和光接收器。空气与流体对光发射器发出的光信号的折射率不同。在料盒1200中的流体的量较多，覆盖三棱镜结构的情况下，光发射器发出的光信号不能传输至光接收器。在料盒1200中的流体的量较少，未覆盖三棱镜结构的情况下，光发射器发出的光信号传输至光接收器。
光接收器可以在接收到光发射器发出的光信号的情况下，向料盒检测装置发送光信号接收信息。料盒检测装置在接收到光接收器发送的光信号接收信息的情况下，可以确定料盒1200缺料。
料盒检测装置在确定料盒1200缺料的情况下，可以发送提醒信息，以提醒用户补充调料。示例性地，料盒检测装置可以向烹饪设备主体机发送缺料指示信息，以指示主体机中设置的异常指示灯闪烁，或指示主体机中设置的控制蜂鸣器发出蜂鸣，或指示主体机中设置的扬声器进行语音播报等方式，以提醒用户补充调料。
料盒的盒体内侧上设置三棱镜的结构，增加料盒的制造难度，且影响料盒的美观。
随着生活水平的提高，为了追求菜肴口感，所需添加的调料种类越来越多。为每个料 盒设置传感器进行检测，加料装置中需要使用较多的电子元器件，使得加料装置的成本较高。
为了解决上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种用于烹饪设备的加料装置、用料量检测方法和装置。下面结合图3至图6，对本申请实施例提供用料量检测方法进行说明。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种用于烹饪设备的加料装置的示意性结构图。所述加料装置是烹饪设备的一部分，该烹饪设备用于实现自动化烹饪，具体可以是一种烹饪机器人。
所述加料装置包括多个料盒1310、称重传感器1320、用料量检测单元1330。其中，用料量检测单元1330可以是配置在烹饪设备的控制单元中的负责用料量检测的模块，例如是某个软件或者软件的某个功能单元。用料量检测单元1330可以用于执行图7所示的缺料检测方法或图6所示的用料量检测方法。
图3所示的加料装置的具体结构可以参见图4所示的说明，加料装置1400包括基座1410和多个料盒1431至143n。
基座1410内设置有下固定架1421、上固定架1422，称重传感器1424位于下固定架1421与上固定架1422之间。下固定架1421固定在基座1410内部。
上固定架1422上设置有负载平台1423。负载平台1423可以固定或放置在上固定架1422上。负载平台1423的上表面在基座1410上方露出。
多个料盒1431至143n放置在负载平台1423上。多个料盒1431至143n中的每个料盒用于盛放某种特定的调料。料盒和可以称为料盒。每个料盒中盛放的调料可以均为液体。例如，1431用于盛放醋，1432用于盛放盐水等。
基座1410内还设置有与多个料盒1431至143n一一对应的多个蠕动泵。
图5是图4所示的加料装置的侧视图。如图5所示，蠕动泵1520是料盒1530对应的蠕动泵。料盒1530可以是料盒143n，多个料盒1431至143n可以具有相同的结构。
每个蠕动泵用于抽取该蠕动泵对应的料盒中的调料。
蠕动泵利用滚轮挤压软管，以使得流体在软管中流动。就像用手指夹挤一根充满流体的软管，随着手指向前滑动管内流体向前移动。蠕动泵对流体抽取量具有较高精度和稳定性。
料盒1530的内部设置有内部管道(未示出)，料盒1530的外侧设置有外部管道1511。内部管道的底部可以与料盒1530的底部接触或不接触。料盒1530侧壁靠近顶部的位置可以设置有突出部1540。内部管道的顶部穿过突出部1540的底部与外部管道1511的顶部连接。
加料装置1400还可以包括用料量检测单元。用料量检测单元可以执行图3所示的方法。
所述称重传感器1320用于检测所述多个料盒1310的总重量；所述用料量检测单元 1330用于获取出料指示信息，根据所述出料指示信息、以及称重传感器1330的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；所述目标料盒是所述出料指示信息指示的在所述多个料盒中当前出料的料盒。
获取出料指示信息的方式，可以是生成出料指示信息，或者，可以是接收其他装置发送的出料指示信息。
例如，烹饪设备中用于控制加料装置出料的控制单元可以发送出料指示信息。控制单元发送的出料指示信息可以用于控制目标料盒出料，或者，可以用于指示用料量检测单元1330控制目标料盒出料。
或者，加料装置可以包括多个输送装置。不同的料盒1310可以对应于不同的输送装置。每个输送装置用于输出该输送装置对应的料盒中的物料。每个输料装置可以用于在输出其对应的料盒中物料的情况下，向用料量检测单元1330发送出料指示信息。从而，发送该出料指示信息的输送装置对应的料盒即为目标料盒。输送装置可以在输出其对应的料盒中物料的情况下，周期性或非周期性发送出料指示信息。输出装置还可以在停止输出其对应的料盒中物料的情况下，向用料量检测单元1330发送出料停止信息。
或者，加料装置可以包括出料检测单元，出料检测单元用于对多个料盒1910的出料情况进行检测，以确定多个料盒1910中当前的出料的目标料盒。出料检测单元可以用于在确定多个料盒1910中至少一个料盒出料的情况下，向用料量检测单元1330发送出料指示信息。出料检测单元可以周期性或非周期性发送出料指示信息。出料检测单元还可以在检测到目标料盒停止出料的情况下，向用料量检测单元1330发送出料停止信息。
图3所示的加料装置还可以包括负载平台。负载平台用于承载的所述多个料盒1310，所述称重传感器1320位于所述负载平台下方。所述称重传感器1320用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量，具体是检测所述负载平台承载的物体重量。
通过设置负载平台，多个料盒可以放置在负载平台上。负载平台的设置，使得对多个料盒总重量的检测更为简便，并且可以使得多个料盒的放置更加平稳。
确定目标料盒的实际出料量的方式，可以是先根据所述称重传感器1320对多个料盒1310的实时检测结果，分别获得当前所述多个料盒1310的第一重量，以及经过目标时间长度所述多个料盒1310的第二重量；然后，计算所述第一重量与所述第二重量的差值，以得到经过目标时间长度的所述实际出料量。
从当前到经过目标时间长度之后的时间点，即称重传感器1320检测得到第一重量与第二重量之间的时间段内，目标料盒持续出料。
计算称重传感器1320在目标时间长度起始点和终止点检测的多个料盒1310的重量之间的差值，即该多个料盒1310的重量变化量。根据出料指示信息，该多个料盒1310中目标料盒正在出料。因此，该多个料盒1310的重量减少量即为目标料盒的重量变化，可以 作为目标料盒当前的实际出料量。从而，为多个料盒1310设置一个称重传感器1320，就能够实现对其中某个料盒出料量的检测，无需设置多个传感器，减小传感器数量，降低成本。
称重传感器1320可以进行周期性或非周期性对多个料盒的重量进行检测。
用料量检测单元1330除了可以用于对多个料盒中目标料盒的用料量检测，还可以用于检测目标料盒中是否缺料。目标料盒缺料，即目标料盒中的物料量不能满足当前需求。
所述用料量检测单元1330在目标料盒当前的实际出料量较小，小于某一预设值的情况下，可以确定目标料盒缺料。
或者，所述用料量检测单元1330可以用于，根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量，以及所述目标料盒的出料量理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
用料量检测单元1330将目标料盒当前的实际出料量与目标料盒的出料量理论值进行比较，得到的对目标料盒中是否缺料的判断结果更为准确。
具体地，所述用料量检测单元1330可以用于，计算所述第一重量与所述第二重量的差值与所述目标时间长度的比值，以得到所述目标料盒的实际出料速度。之后，所述用料量检测单元1330可以用于，根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料速度，以及所述目标料盒的出料速度理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
不同的料盒可以对应于不同的出料速度理论值。出料速度理论值可以是预设的，也可以是根据目标料盒的输送装置的流量参数确定的。
为确定出料速度理论值，可以获取目标料盒的输送装置的流量参数，根据所述流量参数以及所述目标料盒存储物料密度计算以重量计算的所述出料速度理论值。出料速度理论值可以表示为流量参数与目标料盒存储物料密度的乘积。由于不同料盒中存储物料的密度可能是不同的，即使多个料盒1310中的各个料盒对应于相同的流量参数，在不同的料盒作为目标料盒的情况下，出料速度理论值也可能存在差异。
用料量检测单元1330可以在所述出料速度理论值减去所述实际出料速度得到的差值大于或等于预设阈值的情况下，确定所述目标料盒缺料。
加料装置还包括作为输送装置的蠕动泵，所述蠕动泵用于泵送所述目标料盒中的流体，所述流量参数是所述蠕动泵在单位时间内泵送所述目标料盒中流体的体积。
加料装置可以包括与料盒1310中各个料盒对应的多个蠕动泵。每个蠕动泵可以用于将对应料盒中的物料抽出。
在料盒存在物料的情况下，蠕动泵的流量参数的理论值与实际值几乎相等，即为蠕动泵设置的流量参数具有较高的准确度和稳定性。利用蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中的物料，可以提高对目标料盒中是否缺粮判断结果的准确度。
所述料盒可以用于承载调料；所述用料量检测装置单元1330具体可以用于，接收烹 饪设备的控制器发送的所述出料指示信息，所述目标料盒的出料用于投入所述烹饪设备的烹饪容器，所述加料装置属于所述烹饪设备。
在菜品烹饪过程中，各种调料的使用量对菜品的口感产生很大的影响。在添加目标料盒中的调料的过程中，对目标料盒是否缺料进行检测，从而对缺料的情况进行相应处理，提升才菜品的口感，提高用户体验。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种用料量检测方法的示意性流程图。本实施例提供的出料量检测方法具体可以应用于出料量检测功能的电子设备。该电子设备可以位于加料装置中。加料装置可以包括称重传感器和多个料盒。加料装置例如可以是图3或图4所示的加料装置
图6所示的方法包括S1601至S1602。
在S1601，获取出料指示信息，所述出料指示信息用于指示多个料盒中的目标料盒为当前出料的料盒。
具体地，获取出料指示信息可以是生成出料指示信息，或者，可以是接收其他装置发送的出料指示信息。
方法1600可以用于在烹饪设备中。烹饪设备可以包括烹饪容器和该多个料盒。
也就是说，料盒可以用于承载调料。
在一些实施例中，执行方法1600的装置可以在需要将目标料盒中的调料投入烹饪容器的情况下，生成出料指示信息。出料指示信息用于控制目标料盒出料。
在另一些实施例中，执行方法1600的装置可以接收烹饪设备的控制器发送的出料指示信息，所述目标料盒的出料用于投入烹饪设备的烹饪容器。控制器发送的出料指示信息可以用于控制目标料盒出料。或者，控制器发送的出料指示信息可以用于指示执行方法1600的装置控制目标料盒出料。
也就是说，出料指示信息可以用于指示目标料盒开始出料，即指示目标料盒启动出料过程。
在又一些实施例中，执行方法1600的装置可以接收输送装置或出料检测单元发送的出料指示信息
不同的料盒可以对应于不同的输送装置。每个输送装置用于输出该输送装置对应的料盒中的物料。每个输料装置可以用于在输出其对应的料盒中物料的情况下，向执行方法1600的装置发送出料指示信息。从而，发送该出料指示信息的输送装置对应的料盒即为目标料盒。输送装置可以在输出其对应的料盒中物料的情况下，周期性或非周期性发送出料指示信息。
出料检测单元用于对该多个料盒的出料情况进行检测，以确定多个料盒1910中当前的出料的目标料盒。出料检测单元可以用于在确定该多个料盒中至少一个料盒出料的情况 下，向执行方法1600的装置发送出料指示信息，以指示正在出料的至少一个料盒。该至少一个料盒即为目标料盒。出料检测单元可以周期性或非周期性发送出料指示信息。
执行方法1600的装置可以在第一次接收出料指示信息时，确定目标料盒启动出料过程。
在S1602，根据用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及所述出料指示信息，计算所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
具体地，可以根据出料指示信息确定目标料盒启动出料的时间点，即目标料盒开始出料的时间点。在出料指示信息启动出料的时间点之后，目标料盒出料。
该多个料盒可以放置在负载平台上，所述称重传感器位于负载平台下方，所述负载平台用于承载的所述多个料盒，所述称重传感器用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量，具体是检测所述负载平台承载的物体重量。
通过设置负载平台，多个料盒可以放置在负载平台上。负载平台的设置，使得对多个料盒总重量的检测更为简便，并且可以使得多个料盒的放置更加平稳。
目标料盒当前的实际出料量，可以指当前时刻之前或之后较短时间内目标料盒的出料量。
称重传感器用于检测多个料盒的总重量。可以根据所述称重传感器的实时检测结果，分别获得在当前该多个料盒的第一重量，以及目标时间长度后所述多个料盒的第二重量。
也就是说，称重传感器可以在当前进行检测以得到第一重量，在经过目标时间长度的时间点进行检测以得到第二重量。
从而，可以计算所述第一重量与第二重量的差值，并根据出料指示信息，确定该差值为目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
计算称重传感器在目标时间长度起始点和终止点检测的多个料盒的重量之间的差值，即该多个料盒的重量变化量。根据出料指示信息，该多个料盒中目标料盒正在出料。因此，该多个料盒的重量减少量即为目标料盒的重量变化，可以作为目标料盒当前的实际出料量。从而，为多个料盒设置一个称重传感器，就能够实现对单个料盒出料量的检测，无需设置多个传感器，减小传感器数量，降低成本。
称重传感器可以进行周期性或非周期性对多个料盒的重量进行检测。
目标时间长度可以是目标料盒开始出料的时间点与最近一次称重传感器进行检测时间点之间的时间长度。
或者，目标时间长度可以是称重传感器相邻两侧检测之间的时间长度。
在目标时间长度为称重传感器相邻两侧检测之间的时间长度的情况下，目标时间长度可以是随机的，也可以是预设的。例如，称重传感器可以进行周期性检测，目标时间长度可以是检测周期的长度。
在一些实施例中，可以在目标料盒开始出料后，将预设时长作为目标时间长度，周期性进行S1602。在S1601之后，还可以获取出料停止信息，出料停止信息用于指示目标料盒停止出料。称重传感器可以在目标料盒停止出料的时间点进行检测。目标料盒停止出料的时间点与目标料盒出料过程中称重传感器按照预设时长最后一次进行检测的时间点之间的时长可以作为最后一次进行S1602的目标时间长度。从而，在目标料盒出料过程中，可以持续对目标料盒的出料量进行监测。
出料停止信息可以是执行方法1600的装置生成的，或者，出料停止信息可以是执行方法1600的装置接收其他装置发送的。
在另一些实施例中，出料指示信息可以指示目标料盒出料的时长。目标时间长度可以小于或等于目标料盒出料的时长。
例如，目标料盒出料的时长可以是目标时间长度的整数倍。从而，在目标料盒开始出料后，可以按照目标时间长度周期性进行S1602。从而，在目标料盒出料过程中，可以持续对目标料盒的出料量进行监测。
或者，在目标料盒开始出料后，可以将预设时长作为目标时间长度周期性进行多次S1602。按照预设时长周期性进行S1602的次数可以是对目标料盒出料的时长除以预设时长的商进行下取证得到的。在按照预设时长周期性多次进行S1602之后，可以将目标料盒出料的时长除以预设时长的余数作为目标时间长度再进行一次S1602。从而，在目标料盒出料过程中，持续对目标料盒的出料量进行监测。
在每次进行S1602之后，可以根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。在某次进行S1602之后，确定目标料盒当前的实际出料量较小，小于某一预设值的情况下，可以确定目标料盒缺料。也就是说，在目标料盒应当进行出料的情况下，多个料盒的总重量几乎不变，即目标料盒的实际出料量非常小，这种情况下，可以确定目标料盒中缺料。
在每次进行S1602之后，可以根据所述目标料盒的实际出料量，以及所述目标料盒的出料量理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
目标料盒的出料量理论值可以是根据目标料盒的出料速度理论值确定的。目标料盒的出料量理论值为目标料盒出料的出料速度理论值与目标时间长度的乘积。
在目标料盒的出料量理论值减去目标料盒的实际出料量的差值大于或等于预设值的情况下，可以确定目标料盒缺料。
或者，也可以根据目标料盒的实际出料量计算目标料盒的实际出料速度，根据目标料盒的实际出料速度确定目标料盒是否缺料。
具体地，可以计算第一重量与第二重量之间的差值与所述目标时间长度的比值，以得到目标料盒的实际出料速度。从而，可以根据目标料盒的实际出料速度，确定目标料盒是 否缺料。
可以根据目标料盒的出料速度理论值与目标料盒的实际出料速度，确定所述目标料盒缺料。
或者，在目标料盒的实际出料速度为10或小于预设值的情况下，可以确定目标料盒缺料。
目标料盒的数量为一个或多个。如果所有目标料盒均缺料，则目标料盒的实际出料速度几乎为10。在目标料盒的数量为多个的情况下，在其中部分或全部料盒缺料的情况下，该多个目标料盒的实际出料速度小于目标料盒的出料速度理论值。因此，通过根据出料速度理论值与目标料盒的实际出料速度，可以在目标料盒的数量为多个的情况下对其中的部分或全部料盒是否缺料进行准确判断。
与根据目标料盒的实际出料量确定目标料盒是否缺料的方式相比，根据目标料盒的实际出料速度对目标料盒是否缺料进行判断，判断结构不受称目标时间长度的影响，使得判断结果更为准确。
将称重传感器相邻两侧检测之间的时间长度作为目标时间长度，对目标料盒是否缺料进行判断，使得判断结果更加及时和准确。从而，执行方法1700能够对目标料盒缺料的情况及时进行响应和处理。
具体地，在目标料盒的出料速度理论值减去目标料盒的实际出料速度得到的差值大于或等于预设阈值的情况下，确定所述目标料盒缺料。
目标料盒的出料速度理论值可以理解为目标料盒的输送装置单位时间内输送的物料重量。出料速度理论值可以是预设的，也可以根据流量参数确定。流量参数可以是单位时间流量，用于表示输送装置在单位时间内输送的流体体积。
可以获取目标料盒的输送装置的流量参数。从而，可以根据所述流量参数以及所述目标料盒存储物料密度，计算以重量计算的所述出料速度理论值。
流量参数和目标料盒中物料密度，可以是预设的。
蠕动泵在单位时间内实际的流体抽取体积具有较高精度和稳定性。也就是说，在利用蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中的流体的情况下，预设的流量参数与蠕动泵实际在单位时间泵送的物料体积具有较高的准确度。因此，利用蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中的物料的情况下目标料盒的实际出料速度与目标料盒的出料速度理论基本相同。从而使得对于目标料盒是否缺料的判断结果更为准确。
在利用蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中的物料的情况下，流量参数是作为输送装置的蠕动泵在单位时间内泵送送目标料盒中流体的体积。
在确定目标料盒缺料的情况下，可以输出提醒信息，以提醒用户在料盒中加料。
对于烹饪设备，执行方法1600的装置可以通过控制异常指示灯闪烁、语音播报、蜂 鸣器发声等方式输出提醒信息，对用户进行提醒。或者，执行方法1600的装置可以向其他控制装置发送提醒信息，以使得该其他控制装置控制异常指示灯闪烁、语音播报、蜂鸣器发声等方式提醒用户。
通过S1602至S1602，设置称重传感器对多个料盒的总重量进行检测，根据称重传感器检测的检测结果，以及出料指示信息指示的正在出料的目标料盒，确定目标料盒的实际出料量。从而，无需为每个料盒设置传感器，利用较少的传感器即可实现对各个料盒出料量的检测，降低了成本。
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种缺料检测方法的示意性流程图。图7所示的方法1700可以利用图4和图5所示的加料装置1400的基座1410内设置的出料量检测装置执行。图5是图4所示的加料装置1400的侧视图。
图7所述的方法1700包括S1701至S1305。
在S1701，接收主体机中控制器发送的出料指示信息，出料指示信息用于指示目标料盒出料。
加料装置1400中的多个料盒1431至143n包括目标料盒。目标料盒可以是多个料盒1431至143n中的任一个。
对每一道菜肴而言，烹饪设备主体机中的程序会设定其所需要用到的各种调料及各种调料投入主体机的烹饪容器的先后顺序，以使得所需的各种调料依次投入烹饪容器。当烹饪某种菜肴时，根据菜肴程序设定，在需要投入目标料盒中的调料时，主体机中的控制器向加料装置1400发送出料指示信息。
在一些实施例中，出料指示信息可以用于控制目标料盒对应的蠕动泵将目标料盒中的调料抽出。
在另一些实施例中，加料装置1400还可以包括出料控制单元。出料指示信息可以用于指示出料控制单元控制目标料盒对应的蠕动泵将目标料盒中的调料抽出。
从目标料盒抽出的调料可以通过输料管道输送至主体机的烹饪容器。
加料装置1400中的出料量检测装置可以接收主体机中控制器发送的出料指示信息，并进行S1702。
在S1702，根据出料指示信息和称重传感器1424的检测结果，计算目标料盒的实际出料量。
称重传感器1424用于检测多个料盒1431至143n的总重量。在多个料盒1431至143n中，仅有目标料盒在出料的情况下，多个料盒1431至143n的总重量的减少量，即为目标料盒的实际出料量。
在S1703，根据目标料盒的实际出料速度与预测出料速度，确定目标料盒是否无料。
蠕动泵对流体抽取的速度具有较高准确度和稳定性。也就是说，在目标料盒中调料的 量处于正常状态时，目标料盒的实际出料速度基本等于蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中流体的泵出流量与物料密度的乘积；后者称为出料速度理论值。蠕动泵泵送目标料盒中流体的出料速度理论值也可以理解为预测出料速度或基准流量。
称重传感器1424可以每经过一个检测周期，或者称为目标时间段，对多个料盒1431至143n的总重量进行一次周期性检测。
根据称重传感器1424相邻两次的检测结果，计算在该两次检测对应的检测周期内多个料盒1431至143n的总重量的减少量，该减少量即为目标料盒在该检测周期的实际出料量。根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量，可以检测当前出料运行情况是否正常，并且，结合所述目标料盒的出料量理论值，可以确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
在上述以一定检测周期获取重量检测结果的情况下，为了及时获得目标料盒是否缺料的检测结果，可以根据目标时间段的起始点和结束点检测的重量值，转换为的出料速度，作为确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料的判断依据。
具体的，可以计算目标料品在该检测周期的实际出料量与检测周期的时长的比值，以得到目标料盒的实际出料速度。实际出料速度也可以理解为实际流量。
例如，检测周期的长度可以为13秒(s)。多个料盒1431至143n在某个检测周期开始时的总重量减去该某个检测周期结束时的总重量，得到的差值除以检测周期的长度13s，可以计算得到目标料盒在该检测周期的实际出料速度。
在某个检测周期内，如果实际出料速度减去理论出料速度得到的差值大于或等于预设阈值，则确定目标料盒缺料。
在S1704，在目标料盒缺料的情况下，控制目标料盒停止出料，并输出提醒信息。
控制目标料盒停止出料，即控制目标料盒对应的蠕动泵停止泵送目标料盒中的流体。
提醒信息用于提醒用户目标料盒缺料。用户可以根据提醒信息，在目标料盒中添加调料。
将方法1700应用在图4和图5所示的加料装置中，为多个料盒设置一个称重传感器，即可在该多个料盒中某个料盒出料的情况下，根据该多个料盒总重量的实际变化量，监控该某个料盒的实际调料用量。并且，根据该实际变化量与预测出料量之间的差异，确定该某个料盒是否缺料。
从而，无需再料盒中设置三棱镜等结构，简化了料盒结构，使得料盒以及加料装置更加美观。设置一个称重传感器实现对多个料盒中任意料盒出料量的检测及是否缺料的判断，使得加料装置中使用的电子元器件数量减少，降低整机成本。
上文结合图1至图7描述了本申请实施例提供的用于烹饪设备的加料装置和用料量检测方法，以及缺料检测方法，下面结合图8至图9，描述本申请实施例的用料量检测装置。应理解，缺料检测方法、用于烹饪设备的加料装置和用料量检测方法的描述与用料量检测 装置的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的部分可以参见上文的描述。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种用料量检测装置的示意性结构图。图8所示的用料量检测装置可以用于图7的缺料检测方法或图6所示的用料量检测方法。图8所示的用料量检测装置可以是图3所示的用料量检测单元。
如图8所示，用料量检测装置包括：获取单元1801、计算单元1802。
获取单元1801用于，获取出料指示信息，所述出料指示信息用于指示目标料盒为多个料盒中的当前出料的目标料盒。
计算单元1802用于，根据用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及所述出料指示信息，计算所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
可选地，计算单元1802还用于，根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量，以及所述目标料盒的出料量理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
可选地，计算单元1802具体用于，根据所述称重传感器的实时检测结果，分别获得当前所述多个料盒的第一重量，以及经过目标时间长度所述多个料盒的第二重量。
计算单元1802还用于，计算所述第一重量与所述第二重量的差值，以得到所述实际出料量。
可选地，计算单元1802还用于，计算所述第一重量与所述第二重量的差值与所述目标时间长度的比值，以得到所述目标料盒的实际出料速度。
计算单元1802还用于，根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料速度，以及所述目标料盒的出料速度理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
可选地，获取单元1801还用于，获取目标料盒的输送装置的流量参数。
计算单元1802还用于，根据所述流量参数以及所述目标料盒存储物料密度，计算以重量计算的所述出料速度理论值。
计算单元1802还用于，在所述出料速度理论值减去所述实际出料速度得到的差值大于或等于预设阈值的情况下，确定所述目标料盒缺料。
可选地，所述流量参数是作为输送装置的蠕动泵在单位时间内泵送送所述目标料盒中流体的体积。
可选地，所述称重传感器位于负载平台下方，所述负载平台用于承载的所述多个料盒，所述称重传感器用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量，具体是检测所述负载平台承载的物体重量。
可选地，所述料盒用于承载调料。
获取单元1801具体用于，接收烹饪设备的控制器发送的所述出料指示，所述目标料盒的出料用于投入所述烹饪设备的烹饪容器。
请参看图8，该图是本申请实施例提供的一种用料量检测装置的示意性结构图。图形 界面代码的生成装置用于图3或图6所示的用料量检测方法。
如图8所示，图形界面代码的生成装置包括：包括：包括存储器1801、处理器1802、通信接口1803以及通信总线1804。其中，存储器1801、处理器1802、通信接口1803通过通信总线1804实现彼此之间的通信连接。
存储器1801可以是只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)，静态存储设备，动态存储设备或者随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)。存储器1801可以存储程序，当存储器1801中存储的程序被处理器1802执行时，处理器1802和通信接口1803用于执行本申请实施例的用料量检测方法的各个步骤。
处理器1802可以采用通用的中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，应用专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)或者一个或多个集成电路，用于执行相关程序，以实现本申请实施例的用料量检测装置中的单元所需执行的功能，或者执行本申请方法实施例的用料量检测方法。
处理器1802还可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，本申请的用料量检测方法的各个步骤可以通过处理器1802中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1802还可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的计算机可读存储介质中。该计算机可读存储介质位于存储器1801，处理器1802读取存储器1801中的信息，结合其硬件完成本申请实施例的用料量检测装置中包括的单元所需执行的功能，或者执行本申请方法实施例的用料量检测方法。
通信接口1803使用例如但不限于收发器一类的收发装置，来实现图8所示的电子设备与其他设备或通信网络之间的通信。例如，可以通过通信接口1803获取出料指示信息。
通信总线1804可包括在图8所示的电子设备各个部件(例如，存储器1801、处理器1802、通信接口1803)之间传送信息的通路。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，所述程序被处理器执行，用于实现上述用料量检测方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种烹饪设备，所述烹饪设备包括烹饪容器以及前文所述的加料 装置。
需要说明的是，尽管在上文详细描述中提及了用于动作执行的若干模块或者单元，但是这种划分并非强制性的。实际上，根据本申请的具体实施方式，上文描述的两个或更多模块或者单元的特征和功能可以在一个模块或者单元中具体化。反之，上文描述的一个模块或者单元的特征和功能可以进一步划分为由多个模块或者单元来具体化。
结合具体的应用场景对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行说明。
应用场景一
烹饪设备被启动以开始烹饪一菜品。在烹饪过程中，烹饪设备的控制器输出出料指示信息，以使得加料装置的多个料盒中的装盐水的目标料盒出料，目标料盒成为当前正在出料的料盒。处理器根据称重传感器对该多个料盒的总重量的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量。从而，实现对当前出料的目标料盒进行出料量的监控。
应用场景二
用户利用烹饪设备进行菜品的烹饪。在烹饪过程中，烹饪设备的控制器输出出料指示信息，以使得加料装置的多个料盒中的装盐水的目标料盒出料。处理器根据称重传感器对该多个料盒的总重量的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量。处理器在目标料盒当前的实际出料量与目标料盒的出料量理论值之间的差异大于或等于预设阈值的情况下，确定目标料盒缺料。
此外，尽管在附图中以特定顺序描述了本申请中方法的各个步骤，但是，这并非要求或者暗示必须按照该特定顺序来执行这些步骤，或是必须执行全部所示的步骤才能实现期望的结果。附加的或备选的，可以省略某些步骤，将多个步骤合并为一个步骤执行，以及/或者将一个步骤分解为多个步骤执行等。
应当注意，本申请的实施方式可以通过硬件、软件或者软件和硬件的结合来实现。硬件部分可以利用专用逻辑来实现；软件部分可以存储在存储器中，由适当的指令执行系统，例如微处理器或者专用设计硬件来执行。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解上述的设备和方法可以使用计算机可执行指令和/或包含在处理器控制代码中来实现，例如在诸如磁盘、CD或DVD-ROM的载体介质、诸如只读存储器(固件)的可编程的存储器或者诸如光学或电子信号载体的数据载体上提供了这样的代码。本申请的设备及其模块可以由诸如超大规模集成电路或门阵列、诸如逻辑芯片、晶体管等的半导体、或者诸如现场可编程门阵列、可编程逻辑设备等的可编程硬件设备的硬件电路实现，也可以用由各种类型的处理器执行的软件实现，也可以由上述硬件电路和软件的结合例如固件来实现。
本申请提供一种加料控制方法，该加料控制方法的执行主体可以是加料控制装置，或者集成了该加料控制装置的加料装置、烹饪设备、服务器设备、物理主机或者用户设备(User  Equipment，UE)等不同类型的设备中，其中，加料控制装置可以采用硬件或者软件的方式实现，UE具体可以为智能手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑或者台式电脑等终端设备。
该加料控制方法可以应用于炒菜机、料理机、烹饪机等具有烹调功能的烹饪设备中，用于在烹饪设备烹饪目标菜肴的过程中，控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料。
本申请实施例的烹饪设备可以用于蒸、炸、炖、煮各种食材，烹饪得到不同种类的菜肴。
请参阅图10，图10是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图，该加料装置可以包括至少一个料盒2101以及与各料盒2101对应的排料管2102，各排料管2102对应连接有驱动单元2103，各驱动单元2103可以用于驱动对应的料盒2101内的调料通过对应的排料管2102排出至烹饪容器(图中未示出)，各驱动单元2103可以分别配置有圈数检测器件2104，各圈数检测器件2104可以用于检测对应的驱动单元2103在驱动对应的料盒2101内的调料通过对应的排料管2102排出的过程中的运转圈数，各料盒2101还分别连通有对应的补料设备2108，各补料设备2108内存储有与对应的料盒2101内的调料种类相同的调料。
具体的，该加料装置可以包括一基座2100，各料盒2101均可以设置于该基座2100上，各排料管2102分别与对应的料盒2101连通，用于传输对应料盒2101内的调料。
可以理解的，料盒2101可以是用于存储或容纳烹饪调料的容器，每一个料盒2101均可以配置有容器入口和容器出口，所储存的调料可以由容器入口流通至料盒2101的内腔即容纳腔中；当烹饪设备工作，加料装置需向烹饪设备的烹饪容器提供相应调料时，容纳在料盒2101的内腔中的调料可以由容器出口流出。
值得注意的是，在一些应用场景中，料盒2101的容器入口和容器出口可以为同一个端口，此时，调料既可以从该端口流通至料盒2101的内腔中，又可以从该端口流出，料盒2101的端口设定可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
料盒2101内存储的调料可以是水、油、酱油、醋等液态调料，还可以是盐、糖、鸡精等固体调料溶于水后得到的调料溶液，由于烹饪一道菜肴所需的调料通常不止一种，因此，本申请实施例中的料盒2101可以有不止一个，虽然图10中示出了一个料盒2101，但是，在实际应用中，料盒2101的具体数量可以根据实际应用情况进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，各排料管2102一端可以分别与对应的料盒2101的容器出口连通，另一端可以连接有出料管2107，以通过出料管2107与烹饪容器连接，由料盒2101排出的调料 可以经由排料管2102以及出料管2107流通至烹饪容器。
如图10所示，各排料管2102可以分别连接有对应的驱动单元2103，以通过驱动单元2103驱动调料在管道内流通。
可以理解的，各驱动单元2103能够在管路中产生负压，从而将调料吸入到排料管2102中，并沿着排料管2102输送调料，因此，驱动单元2103可以是现有的任一种驱动泵结构，例如蠕动泵、叶轮式泵等，具体此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，各驱动单元2103还可以分别配置有圈数检测器件2104，各圈数检测器件2104可以用于检测对应的驱动单元2103在驱动对应的料盒2101内的调料通过对应的排料管2102排出的过程中的运转圈数。
可以理解的，圈数检测器件2104可以在驱动单元例如蠕动泵运转时，检测蠕动泵电机的旋转圈数，因此，圈数检测器件2104可以是现有的任一种能够测量角位移的编码器，例如码盘、光栅盘等，具体此处不做限定
为了减小加料装置的体积，基座2100的内腔可以用于容纳加料装置的部分器件，如图10所示，驱动单元2103、圈数检测器件2104以及部分的排料管2102均可以设置于基座2100的内腔中。
如图10所示，各料盒2101还可以分别连通有对应的补料设备2108，各补料设备2108内可以存储有与对应的料盒2101内的调料种类相同的调料，料盒2101与补料设备2108之间可以通过补料管道2109连通。
如图10所示，加料装置还可以包括称重组件2106，称重组件2106可以用于称量各料盒的总重量，该称重组件2106可以设置于加料装置的基座2100上，各料盒2101可以设置于一负载平台2105上，该称重组件2106可以包括称重传感器，称重传感器设置于负载平台2105下方，用于对负载平台2105以及负载平台2105上的各料盒2101的总重量进行称量。
可以理解的，负载平台2105上可以设置有多个容纳槽(未示出)，各容纳槽可以对应放置料盒2101，容纳槽可以对料盒2101进行限位，以避免在移动加料装置时负载平台2105上的料盒2101之间发生碰撞或掉落的情况。
本申请实施例中，排料管2102可以是一体式结构的管路，也可以是由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路。
在一种具体实现中，驱动单元2103采用蠕动泵，排料管2102采用韧性软管，蠕动泵通过挤压韧性软管来推送韧性软管中的液体流动，如此，可以避免蠕动泵直接与韧性软管中的液体接触，保证液体不被污染。
为了降低排料管2102对称重传感器的称量结果的影响，在一些实施例中，排料管2102可以采用由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路，其中，多段管路可以采用韧性软管，同时，在对管路的走向进行排布时，可以避免管路与负载平台2105或料盒2101之间的摩擦，从而避免摩擦力对称重传感器的称量结果的影响。
基于上述的加料装置，本申请的加料控制方法包括：
确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
请参阅图11，图11是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制方法的一个流程示意图。需要说明的是，虽然在流程示意图中示出了逻辑顺序，但是在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤。
本申请实施例中，该加料控制方法可以用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，该加料控制方法可以包括以下多个步骤。
步骤S2201、确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量。
现有的加料装置是基于料盒的重量变化来确定向烹饪容器添加的调料量的，若在烹饪的过程中，料盒内的调料较少时，需要对料盒进行补料，由于料盒补料后重量发生变化，因此，在补料前需要记录已经向烹饪容器添加的调料量，然后再开始补料，并且补料的过程中，需暂停向烹饪容器添加调料，待调料添加结束后，再启动驱动单元将添加后的调料添加至烹饪容器，如此一来，针对于需求量较大的调料来说，则需要频繁中断向烹饪容器添加调料的进程。
因此，本申请实施例中，待补充调料的目标料盒可以是缺料的料盒，具体的，加料装置还可以包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，加料控制装置可以分别与各液位检测单元通信连接，各液位检测单元可以用于检测对应料盒内的调料液位。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定待补充调料的目标料盒，可以进一步包括：
获取各液位检测单元检测对应的料盒内的调料液位的液位检测信号；针对每个液位检 测单元，若该液位检测单元的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于预设的缺料液位，则将该液位检测单元对应的料盒确定为待补充调料的目标料盒。
本申请实施例中，液位检测单元可以是现有的任一种液位计、液位探测仪、液位检测传感器或可以用于检测液体液位的其他器件或结构，具体此处不做限定。
对于每一个料盒，可以预先为其配置一缺料液位，该缺料液位可以用于指示对应的料盒内的调料是否低于最小调料量，例如，缺料液位可以位于靠近料盒底部的部分，若调料液位低于该缺料液位，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位较低，存储的调料较少，需向其补充调料，因此，可以将该料盒确定为目标料盒；而若调料液位未低于该缺料液位，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位不低，料盒内存储的调料足够用于本次烹饪，因此，可以不将该料盒确定为目标料盒。
可以理解，该缺料液位还可以与料盒的内腔底部持平，在此场景下，通过液位检测单元可以检测料盒内是否有调料存在，只有在料盒内不存在调料时，才将该料盒确定为目标料盒。
本申请实施例中，各料盒对应的缺料液位可以相同，也可以不同，并且每一缺料液位的高度或位置可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，在此不再过多赘述。
当烹饪设备烹饪前或烹饪过程中，加料控制装置可以获取各液位检测单元对应的料盒内的调料液位进行检测的液位检测信号，对于每一个液位检测单元，如果其输出的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于缺料液位，则可以认为该料盒内的调料液位较低，进而可以将该料盒确定为目标料盒；反之，如果液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料液位，则可以认为该料盒内的调料液位不低，不将该料盒确定为目标料盒，即不需要对该料盒进行调料补充。
在一种具体实现中，当料盒内的调料液位低于缺料液位时，液位检测单元输出高电平的液位检测信号，而当料盒内的调料液位未低于该缺料液位时，液位检测单元输出低电平的液位检测信号，因此，若加料控制装置获取到的液位检测信号为高电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位低于缺料液位，若加料控制装置获取到的液位检测信号为低电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料液位，从而根据液位检测信号便可以确定目标料盒。
在其他的应用场景中，低电平的液位检测信号也可以用于表征料盒内的调料液位低于缺料液位，此时，高电平的液位检测信号则用于表征料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料液位，在此不再过多赘述。
可以理解的，针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量也就是本次烹饪所需向烹饪容器添加的目标调料的总重量，在一些实施例中，确定针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量，可以进一步包括：
获取目标菜谱；根据目标菜谱确定目标料盒的目标调料的目标需求量。
可以理解的，烹饪设备中可以预先存储有烹饪各类菜肴的烹饪菜谱，每一菜谱可以对应一道菜肴，各菜谱中可以记录烹饪对应菜肴所需的主料、辅料、调料以及烹饪步骤等，针对于调料来说，菜谱中可以记录所需的调料的种类以及各调料对应的需求量等。
在烹饪开始前，用户可以根据本次所要烹饪的目标菜肴，为烹饪设备选择对应的菜谱，在选中菜谱后，加料控制装置可以读取该菜谱，获取其中记录的调料的种类、需求量以及烹饪步骤等信息。
在一种实现方式中，烹饪设备可以配置有交互界面，该交互界面上可以显示烹饪设备所存储的各种菜谱，用户可以通过在该交互界面上对菜谱进行选择来确定本次所要烹饪的目标菜肴。
在另一种实现方式中，烹饪设备还可以通信连接有终端设备，该终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑等现有的智能终端，终端设备与烹饪设备之间可以通过任何通信方式实现网络通信，包括但不限于，基于第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)、全球互通微波访问(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)的移动通信，基于TCP/IP协议族(TCP/IP Protocol Suite，TCP/IP)、用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol，UDP)的计算机网络通信，或基于蓝牙(Bluetooth)、行动热点(Wi-Fi)、紫峰(Zigbee)的无线网络通信等。
用户可以通过在终端设备所配置的相应程序中对菜谱进行选择，然后终端设备通过向烹饪设备发送通信信号，以将用户所选择的菜谱信息发送至烹饪设备，使得烹饪设备获取到本次烹饪的菜谱。
本申请实施例中，加料控制装置也可以通过上述的任一种通信方法与烹饪设备通信连接，当烹饪设备获取到本次烹饪的目标菜谱后，烹饪设备可以将该目标菜谱的信息发送至加料控制装置，以使加料控制装置获取到待烹饪的目标菜谱，然后读取该目标菜谱，根据目标菜谱确定目标料盒内所存储的目标调料的目标需求量。
可以理解的，料盒中存储的调料以及料盒在托盘上的位置可以是一一对应的，例如托盘上排列有八个料盒，各料盒中容纳的调料的种类可以是预先设定好的，即容纳有调料的料盒的位置是根据其中容纳的调料的种类确定的。
举例来说，调料的摆放顺序为净水、油、老抽、生抽、盐水、辣油、糖水、香醋，则八个料盒中的第一个料盒用于存储净水，第二个料盒用于存储油，第三个料盒用于存储老抽，以此类推，第八个料盒用于存储香醋，如此，在需要向锅体添加相应调料时，存储该调料的料盒所对应的排料管可以将调料排出至锅体。
若用户对调料的摆放顺序即料盒的摆放位置进行调整，则可以相应对烹饪设备所存储的顺序进行修改，确保实际摆放顺序与所存储的顺序保持一致，避免出现调料误投放的情况。
在另一些实施例中，确定针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量，可以进一步包括：
解析获取的加料指令；根据加料指令确定目标料盒的目标调料的目标需求量。
可以理解的，该加料指令可以是用户发送至烹饪设备的指令，用户可以在交互屏幕或者终端设备上设定本次烹饪所需添加的目标调料的目标需求量，从而将携带该目标需求量的加料指令发送至烹饪设备，烹饪设备在获取到该加料指令后，可以将该加料指令发送至加料控制装置，从而加料控制装置可以对该加料指令进行解析，提取其中所携带的目标调料对应的目标需求量。
本申请实施例中，待添加的目标调料的目标加料量可以与目标调料的目标需求量相等，也可以小于目标调料的目标需求量。
具体的，在开始向烹饪容器添加目标调料之前，目标调料的目标加料量应该是与目标调料的目标需求量相等的，例如在开始烹饪之前，检测到目标料盒缺料，则此时目标调料的目标加料量与目标需求量相等；而若是在向烹饪容器添加目标调料时，检测到目标料盒缺料，则此时由于已经向烹饪容器添加了目标调料，因此，待添加的目标调料的目标加料量小于目标调料的目标需求量。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定待添加的目标调料的目标加料量，可以进一步包括：
获取称重组件称量的初始重量值；控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；获取称重组件称量的目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；根据目标需求量与重量差值，确定待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；重量差值为初始重量值与当前重量值之差。
可以理解的，称重组件称量的初始重量值是开始向烹饪容器添加目标调料之前的料盒的总重量值，在获取到初始重量值后，便可以控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料经由目标排料管排出至烹饪容器，并且在排出目标调料的过程中，可以实时获取称重组 件称量的当前重量值。
在目标排料管排料过程中，实时获取称重组件的当前重量值，可以是根据预设的频率访问称重组件，或者称重组件根据预设的频率向加料控制装置发送当前重量值。
随着目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料沿着目标排料管排出，目标料盒内存储的目标调料逐渐减少，从而，称重单元称量的重量值逐渐减小，且减小的重量即为排入至烹饪容器的目标调料的重量。
因此，初始重量值减去每一次称量的当前重量值得到的重量差值则是排入至烹饪容器的目标调料的重量值，而本次烹饪所需添加的目标调料的总重量为目标需求量，因此，在目标需求量的基础上减去该重量差值便可以得到待添加的目标调料的目标加料量。
步骤S2202、若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数。
本申请实施例中，基准加料量可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，例如设定基准加料量为800g、1000g、1500g等，若步骤S2201中确定的目标调料的目标需求量大于该基准加料量，则可以确定本次烹饪对该目标调料的需求量较大，此时若是根据料盒的重量的变化来确定添加至烹饪容器的调料量，则会由于需频繁补料中断烹饪进程而影响烹饪效率。
因此，本申请实施例中，将待添加的目标调料的目标加料量转换为目标驱动单元输送该目标加料量的目标调料的总运转圈数，通过目标驱动单元的运转圈数来确定添加至烹饪容器的调料量，不受目标料盒补充目标调料时的重量变化的影响。
具体的，根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数，可以进一步包括：
根据目标加料量得到目标调料的目标体积；根据目标体积以及目标驱动单元的单位排料体积，得到目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；单位排料体积为目标驱动单元转动一圈时所排出的目标调料对应的体积。
本申请实施例中，可以将目标加料量除以目标调料的密度，得到目标加料量对应的目标体积，由于单位排料体积即目标驱动单元转动一圈时所排出的目标调料对应的体积可以预先通过实验获取，因此，将该目标体积除以预先存储的单位排料体积，便可以得到目标驱动单元输送目标加料量的目标调料的总运转圈数。
步骤S2203、控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料。
由于目标料盒是调料液位高度低于缺料液位的料盒，该目标料盒内存储的目标容量不足以烹饪目标菜肴，因此，可以控制目标补料设备通过补料管道向目标料盒补充目标调料。
步骤S2204、控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数。
由于本申请实施例中是基于目标驱动单元的运转圈数确定添加至烹饪容器的调料量，因此，步骤S2204可以与步骤S2203同步进行，可以理解，步骤S2204也可以在步骤S2203之后进行，具体可以根据实际情况进行确定。
本申请实施例中，在控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器时，可以实时获取目标圈数检测器件检测的目标驱动单元当前运转圈数。
步骤S2205、根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
可以理解的，若当前运转圈数小于总运转圈数，则可以确定当前传输至烹饪容器的调料量还未达到目标加料量，因此，可以控制目标驱动单元继续驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器；
而若当前运转圈数等于总运转圈数时，则可以确定当前传输至烹饪容器的调料量恰好达到目标加料量，此时，便可以关闭目标驱动单元，停止向烹饪容器添加目标调料。
本申请实施例中，在确定目标需求量大于或者等于基准加料量时，将待添加的目标调料的目标加料量转换为目标驱动单元的总运转圈数，在目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料时，基于目标驱动单元的当前运转圈数和总运转圈数控制目标驱动单元运转，可以避免现有技术中频繁向料盒补充调料时，需中断烹饪进程的问题，确保了烹饪进程的推进，大大提高了烹饪效率。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料，之后，方法可以进一步包括：
获取目标料盒对应的目标液位检测单元检测目标料盒内的目标调料液位的目标液位检测信号；若目标液位检测信号表征目标料盒内的目标调料液位高于预设的满料液位，则控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备停止向目标料盒补充目标调料
本申请实施例中，该液位检测单元同样可以是现有的任一种液位计、液位探测仪、液位检测传感器或可以用于检测液体液位的其他器件或结构，具体此处不做限定。
对于每一个料盒，可以预先为其配置一满料液位，该满料液位可以用于指示对应的料盒内的调料是否高于最大调料量，例如，满料液位可以位于靠近料盒顶部的部分，若调料液位未低于该满料液位，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位已达到上限，料盒内存储的调料足 够，可以控制目标补料设备停止向目标料盒补充目标调料；而若调料液位低于该满料液位，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位还未达到上限，可以控制目标补料设备继续向目标料盒补充目标调料。
可以理解，该满料液位还可以与料盒的内腔顶部持平，在此场景下，通过液位检测单元可以检测料盒是否满载，只有在料盒满载调料时，才控制补料设备停止向料盒补充调料。
本申请实施例中，各料盒对应的满料液位可以相同，也可以不同，并且每一满料液位的高度或位置可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，在此不再过多赘述。
在补料过程中，加料控制装置可以获取目标液位检测单元对对应的目标料盒内的目标调料液位进行检测的目标液位检测信号，如果目标液位检测信号表征目标料盒内的目标调料液位低于满料液位，则可以认为该目标料盒内的调料液位未达上限，可以控制目标补料设备继续向目标料盒补充目标调料；反之，如果液位检测信号表征目标料盒内的目标调料液位未低于满料液位，则可以认为目标料盒内的目标调料液位已达到上限，可以控制目标补料设备停止向目标料盒补充目标调料。
在一种具体实现中，当料盒内的调料液位低于满料液位时，液位检测单元输出高电平的液位检测信号，而当料盒内的调料液位未低于该满料液位时，液位检测单元输出低电平的液位检测信号，因此，若加料控制装置获取到的液位检测信号为高电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位低于满料液位，若加料控制装置获取到的液位检测信号为低电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位未低于满料液位，从而根据液位检测信号便可以确定目标料盒。
在其他的应用场景中，低电平的液位检测信号也可以用于表征料盒内的调料液位低于满料液位，此时，高电平的液位检测信号则用于表征料盒内的调料液位未低于满料液位，在此不再过多赘述。
为了更好实施本申请的加料控制方法，本申请还提供一种加料控制装置，该加料控制装置可以用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，如图12所示，图12是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制装置的一个功能模块示意图，该加料控制装置2300可以包括：
获取确定单元2301，用于确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；
若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
控制单元2302，用于控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元2302具体可以用于：
当运转圈数小于总运转圈数时，控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；
当运转圈数达到总运转圈数时，控制目标驱动单元停止驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，获取确定单元2301具体可以用于：
获取各液位检测单元检测对应的料盒内的调料液位的液位检测信号；
针对每个液位检测单元，若该液位检测单元的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于预设的缺料液位，则将该液位检测单元对应的料盒确定为待补充调料的目标料盒。
在本申请一些实施例中，获取确定单元2301具体还可以用于：
获取目标菜谱；
根据目标菜谱确定目标料盒的目标调料的目标需求量；或，
解析获取的加料指令；
根据加料指令确定目标料盒的目标调料的目标需求量。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还包括称重组件，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量，获取确定单元2301具体还可以用于：
获取称重组件称量的初始重量值；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；
获取称重组件称量的目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
根据目标需求量与重量差值，确定待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；重量差值为初始重量值与当前重量值之差。
在本申请一些实施例中，获取确定单元2301具体还可以用于：
根据目标加料量得到目标调料的目标体积；
根据目标体积以及目标驱动单元的单位排料体积，得到目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；单位排料体积为目标驱动单元转动一圈时所排出的目标调料对应的体积。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，控制单元2302控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料，之后，具体还可以用于：
获取目标料盒对应的目标液位检测单元检测目标料盒内的目标调料液位的目标液位检测信号；
若目标液位检测信号表征目标料盒内的目标调料液位高于预设的满料液位，则控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备停止向目标料盒补充目标调料。
需要说明的是，本申请中，获取确定单元2301和控制单元2302的相关内容与上述一一对应，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的加料控制装置及其相应单元模块的具体工作过程，可以参考如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法的说明，具体在此不再赘述。
基于上述实施例中的加料控制方法，本申请还提供一种加料装置，该加料装置包括至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，各排料管对应连接有驱动单元，各驱动单元用于驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出至烹饪容器，各驱动单元分别配置有圈数检测器件，各圈数检测器件用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，各料盒还分别连通有对应的补料设备，各补料设备内存储有与对应的料盒内的调料种类相同的调料；
加料装置还可以包括处理器2401和存储器2402，该存储器2402可以用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器2401执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；
若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
如图13所示，其示出了本申请所涉及的加料装置的另一个结构示意图，具体来讲：
该加料装置可以包括一个或者一个以上处理核心的处理器2401、一个或一个以上计算机可读存储介质的存储器2402、电源2403和输入单元2404等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解，图13中示出的结构并不构成对加料装置的限定，加料装置还可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。其中：
处理器2401是该加料装置的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个加料装置的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器2402内的软件程序和/或单元模块，以及调用存储在存储器2402内的数据，执行加料装置的各种功能和处理数据，从而对加料装置进行整体监控。可选的，处理器2401可包括一个或多个处理核心；处理器2401可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等，优选的，处理器2401可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器2401中。
存储器2402可用于存储软件程序以及模块，处理器2401通过运行存储在存储器2402的软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器2402可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序等；存储数据区可存储根据烹饪设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器2402可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。相应地，存储器2402还可以包括存储器控制器，以提供处理器2401对存储器2402的访问。
该加料装置还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源2403，优选的，电源2403可以通过电源管理系统与处理器2401逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。电源2403还可以包括一个或一个以上的直流或交流电源、再充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或者逆变器、电源状态指示器等任意组件。
该加料装置还可以包括输入单元2404和输出单元2405，该输入单元2404可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与用户设置以及功能控制有关的键盘、鼠标、操作杆、光学或者轨迹球信号输入。
尽管未示出，该加料装置还可以包括显示单元等用于向用户展示调料量、加料进程等相关信息的单元，在此不再赘述。具体在本申请中，加料装置中的处理器2401会按照如下 的指令，将一个或一个以上的应用程序的进程对应的可执行文件加载到存储器2402中，并由处理器2401来运行存储在存储器2402中的应用程序，从而实现各种功能，如下：
确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；
若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解，上述的各种方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过指令来完成，或通过指令控制相关的硬件来完成，该指令可以存储于一计算机可读存储介质中，并由处理器2401进行加载和执行。
为此，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质可以包括：只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取记忆体(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁盘或光盘等。其上存储有计算机指令，计算机指令被处理器2401进行加载，以执行本申请所提供的任一种加料控制方法中的步骤。例如，计算机指令被处理器2401执行时实现以下功能：
确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；
若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
该计算机可读存储介质中所存储的计算机指令，可以执行本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法中的步骤，因此，可以实现本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方 法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
请参阅图14，图14是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图，本申请还提供一种加料系统2500，该加料系统2500可以包括加料装置2501和控制端2502，加料装置2501可以包括至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，各排料管对应连接有驱动单元，各驱动单元用于驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出至烹饪容器，各驱动单元分别配置有圈数检测器件，各圈数检测器件用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，各料盒还分别连通有对应的补料设备，各补料设备内存储有与对应的料盒内的调料种类相同的调料。
控制端2502与加料装置2501通信连接，用于控制加料装置2501执行加料操作，并实现图11对应任意实施例的加料控制方法。
该控制端2502可以控制加料装置2501实现本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
本申请还提供一种烹饪设备，该烹饪设备可以包括烹饪容器、加料装置以及输料管组件；其中，加料装置包括至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，各排料管对应连接有驱动单元，各驱动单元用于驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出至烹饪容器，各驱动单元分别配置有圈数检测器件，各圈数检测器件用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，各料盒还分别连通有对应的补料设备，各补料设备内存储有与对应的料盒内的调料种类相同的调料。
加料装置还可以包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；目标加料量未大于目标需求量；
若目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据目标加料量确定与目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
控制目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向目标料盒补充目标调料；
控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，获取目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在目标驱动单元将目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
该加料装置可以实现本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图11对应任意实施例中加料控制方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
请参阅图15，图15是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图，该加料装置可以包括称重组件3106、至少一个料盒3101以及与各料盒3101对应的排料管3102，称重组件3106可以用于称量各料盒3101的总重量，各排料管3102可以用于传输对应的料盒3101内的调料，各排料管3102还可以分别配置有流量检测单元3104，各流量检测单元3104可以用于检测对应的排料管3102内传输的调料流量。
具体的，该加料装置可以包括一基座3100，各料盒3101均可以设置于该基座3100上，各排料管3102分别与对应的料盒3101连通，用于传输对应料盒3101内的调料。
可以理解的，料盒3101可以是用于存储或容纳烹饪调料的容器，每一个料盒3101均可以配置有容器入口和容器出口，所储存的调料可以由容器入口流通至料盒3101的内腔即容纳腔中；当烹饪设备工作，加料装置需向烹饪设备的烹饪容器提供相应调料时，容纳在料盒3101的内腔中的调料可以由容器出口流出。
值得注意的是，在一些应用场景中，料盒3101的容器入口和容器出口可以为同一个端口，此时，调料既可以从该端口流通至料盒3101的内腔中，又可以从该端口流出，料盒3101的端口设定可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
料盒3101内存储的调料可以是水、油、酱油、醋等液态调料，还可以是盐、糖、鸡精等固体调料溶于水后得到的调料溶液，由于烹饪一道菜肴所需的调料通常不止一种，因此，本申请实施例中的料盒3101可以有不止一个，虽然图15中示出了一个料盒3101，但是，在实际应用中，料盒3101的具体数量可以根据实际应用情况进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，各排料管3102一端可以分别与对应的料盒3101的容器出口连通，另一端可以连接有出料管3107，以通过出料管3107与烹饪容器连接，由料盒3101排出的调料可以经由排料管3102以及出料管3107流通至烹饪容器。
称重组件3106可以用于称量各料盒3101的总重量，该称重组件3106可以设置于加料装置的基座3100上，各料盒3101可以设置于一负载平台3105上，该称重组件3106可以包括称重传感器，称重传感器设置于负载平台3105下方，用于对负载平台3105以及负载平台3105上的各料盒3101的总重量进行称量。
可以理解的，负载平台3105上可以设置有多个容纳槽(未示出)，各容纳槽可以对应放置料盒3101，容纳槽可以对料盒3101进行限位，以避免在移动加料装置时负载平台3105 上的料盒3101之间发生碰撞或掉落的情况。
本申请实施例中，排料管3102可以是一体式结构的管路，也可以是由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路。
为了降低排料管3102对称重组件如称重传感器的称量结果的影响，在一些实施例中，排料管3102可以采用由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路，其中，多段管路可以采用韧性软管，同时，在对管路的走向进行排布时，可以避免管路与负载平台3105或料盒3101之间的摩擦，从而避免摩擦力对称重传感器的称量结果的影响。
本申请实施例中，各排料管3102还可以分别配置有流量检测单元3104，各流量检测单元3104可以用于检测对应的排料管内传输的调料流量，具体的，流量检测单元3104可以是电磁流量计、超声波流量计、科氏力质量流量计等现有的任一种流量检测器件。
在本申请一些实施例中，各排料管3102还可以分别连接有对应的驱动单元3103，各驱动单元3103可以用于驱动对应的料盒3101内的调料通过对应的排料管3102排出。
可以理解的，各驱动单元3103能够在管路中产生负压，从而将调料吸入到排料管3102中，并沿着排料管3102输送调料，因此，驱动单元3103可以是现有的任一种驱动泵结构，例如蠕动泵、叶轮式泵等，具体此处不做限定。
在一种具体实现中，驱动单元3103采用蠕动泵，排料管3102采用韧性软管，蠕动泵通过挤压韧性软管来推送韧性软管中的调料流动，如此，可以避免蠕动泵直接与韧性软管中的调料接触，保证调料不被污染。
在本申请一些实施例中，流量检测单元3104可以包括圈数检测器件，各圈数检测器件可以用于检测对应的驱动单元3103在驱动对应的料盒3101内的调料通过对应的排料管3102排出的过程中的运转圈数。
可以理解的，圈数检测器件可以在驱动单元3103例如蠕动泵运转时，检测蠕动泵电机的旋转圈数，因此，圈数检测器件可以是现有的任一种能够测量角位移的编码器，例如码盘、光栅盘等，具体此处不做限定。
为了减小加料装置的体积，基座3100的内腔可以用于容纳加料装置的部分器件，如图15所示，驱动单元3103、流量检测单元3104以及部分的排料管3102均可以设置于基座3100的内腔中。
基于上述的加料装置，本申请的加料控制方法包括：
确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出；获取称 重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
请参阅图16，图16是本申请实施例中提供的加料控制方法的一个流程示意图。需要说明的是，虽然在流程示意图中示出了逻辑顺序，但是在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤。
本申请实施例中，该加料控制方法可以用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，该加料控制方法可以包括以下多个步骤。
步骤S3201、确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量。
可以理解的，烹饪设备中可以预先存储有烹饪各类菜肴的烹饪菜谱，每一菜谱可以对应一道菜肴，各菜谱中可以记录烹饪对应菜肴所需的主料、辅料、调料以及烹饪步骤等，针对于调料来说，菜谱中可以记录所需的调料的种类以及各调料对应的加料量等。
在烹饪开始前，用户可以根据本次所要烹饪的目标菜肴，为烹饪设备选择对应的菜谱，在选中菜谱后，加料控制装置可以读取该菜谱，获取其中记录的调料的种类以及各调料对应的加料量等信息。
在一种实现方式中，烹饪设备可以配置有交互界面，该交互界面上可以显示烹饪设备所存储的各种菜谱，用户可以通过在该交互界面上对菜谱进行选择来确定本次所要烹饪的目标菜肴。
在另一种实现方式中，烹饪设备还可以通信连接有终端设备，该终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑等现有的智能终端，终端设备与烹饪设备之间可以通过任何通信方式实现网络通信，包括但不限于，基于第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)、全球互通微波访问(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)的移动通信，基于TCP/IP协议族(TCP/IP Protocol Suite，TCP/IP)、用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol，UDP)的计算机网络通信，或基于蓝牙(Bluetooth)、行动热点(Wi-Fi)、紫峰(Zigbee)的无线网络通信等。
用户可以通过在终端设备所配置的相应程序中对菜谱进行选择，然后终端设备通过向烹饪设备发送通信信号，以将用户所选择的菜谱信息发送至烹饪设备，使得烹饪设备获取 到本次烹饪的菜谱。
本申请实施例中，加料控制装置也可以通过上述的任一种通信方法与烹饪设备通信连接，当烹饪设备获取到本次烹饪的目标菜谱后，烹饪设备可以将该目标菜谱的信息发送至加料控制装置，以使加料控制装置获取待烹饪的目标菜谱，然后读取该目标菜谱，根据目标菜谱确定待添加的目标调料以及该目标调料对应的目标加料量。
可以理解的，料盒中存储的调料以及料盒在托盘上的位置可以是一一对应的，例如托盘上排列有八个料盒，各料盒中容纳的调料的种类可以是预先设定好的，即容纳有调料的料盒的位置是根据其中容纳的调料的种类确定的。
举例来说，调料的摆放顺序为净水、油、老抽、生抽、盐水、辣油、糖水、香醋，则八个料盒中的第一个料盒用于存储净水，第二个料盒用于存储油，第三个料盒用于存储老抽，以此类推，第八个料盒用于存储香醋，如此，在需要向锅体添加相应调料时，存储该调料的料盒所对应的排料管可以将调料排出至锅体。
若用户对调料的摆放顺序即料盒的摆放位置进行调整，则可以相应对烹饪设备所存储的顺序进行修改，确保实际摆放顺序与所存储的顺序保持一致，避免出现调料误投放的情况。
因此，本申请实施例中，调料、料盒以及排料管之间相互对应关联，在根据目标菜谱获取到目标调料后，便可以根据该目标调料确定其所对应的目标料盒以及目标加料量。
在另一种具体实现中，加料控制装置还可以根据用户发出的加料指令确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒和目标加料量。
该加料指令可以是用户发送至烹饪设备的指令，用户可以在交互屏幕或者终端设备上设定本次烹饪所需添加的目标调料以及该目标调料的目标加料量，从而将携带前述信息的加料指令发送至烹饪设备，烹饪设备在获取到该加料指令后，可以将该加料指令发送至加料控制装置，从而加料控制装置可以对该加料指令进行解析，提取其中所携带的目标调料以及目标调料对应的目标加料量。
可以理解的，该目标加料量指的是需添加到烹饪容器内的目标调料的重量，由于称重传感器易受外界干扰，依赖称重传感器控制加料时的加料精度无法得到保证，因此，本申请实施例中，可以将目标调料的目标加料量转换为目标调料流量，从而根据目标调料流量控制加料。
根据重量等于体积乘以流体密度这一计算式可以知道，在目标调料的目标加料量以及密度一定的条件下，可以计算得到该目标加料量所对应的目标调料的体积，而目标调料的 体积便可以确定为目标调料的目标调料流量。
步骤S3202、控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值。
本申请实施例中，可以控制驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器，在排料的过程中，随着目标料盒内的目标调料的排出，目标料盒内的目标调料减少，目标料盒的重量减少，因此，称重组件称量的重量值也逐渐减小。
可以理解，在目标排料管排料过程中，加料控制装置可以实时获取称重组件的当前重量值，具体的，可以是根据预设的频率访问称重组件获取当前重量值，或者称重组件根据预设的频率向加料控制装置发送当前重量值。
步骤S3203、若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量。
可以理解的，在目标驱动单元的工作参数一定的情况下，其在单位时间内所输送的目标调料的重量应该是一定的，因此，可以知道在目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料排出的过程中，目标料盒的重量的变化是线性变化的，因此，称重组件称量的重量值是线性变化的，即称重组件称量的每一当前时刻的重量值应均与其前一时刻的重量值之间的差值相等或相近。
例如，称重组件称量的第一时刻的重量值为300g，第二时刻的重量值为299g，第三时刻的重量值为298g，第三时刻的重量值为297g，即每一当前时刻的重量值与其前一时刻的重量值之间的差值均为1g，由此可以确定称重组件正常工作。
而若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则可以说明称重组件工作异常，此处预设的变化阈值可以根据多次实验、过往经验进行确定，在不同的应用场景中，变化阈值可以不同。
若在称重组件工作异常时继续基于重量的变化来控制加料，则会导致实际加料量与目标加料量不一致的问题，因此，在当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于变化阈值时，可以获取目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量。
本申请实施例中，目标流量检测单元可以检测目标排料管在输送目标调料时流经目标排料管的目标调料的流量，其仅以流通在目标排料管内的目标调料作为检测对象，因此，相较于称重组件来说，目标流量检测单元更不易受外界环境干扰。
可以理解，在开始排料时，目标流量检测单元便可以开始工作检测流经目标排料管的调料流量，在目标排料管排料过程中，加料控制装置同样可以与目标流量检测单元通信连接，其可以根据预设的访问频率访问目标流量检测单元获取当前调料流量，或者目标流量检测单元可以根据预设的发送频率向加料控制装置发送检测的当前调料流量。
加料控制装置在获取到目标流量检测单元的当前调料流量之后，便可以转而基于该当前调料流量控制加料，以确保实际添加到烹饪容器内的目标调料量与目标加料量一致。
步骤S3204、根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
由于目标调料流量是根据目标调料的目标加料量确定得到的，因此，当当前调料流量小于目标调料流量时，可以确定添加到烹饪容器内的目标调料量还未达到目标加料量，可以继续控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器；而当当前调料流量达到目标调料流量，则可以确定添加至烹饪容器内的目标调料量已经达到理想值即目标加料量，此时停止向烹饪容器加料，即可以控制目标料盒内的目标调料停止通过目标排料管排出，完成向烹饪容器添加目标调料的进程。
本申请实施例中，通过称重组件对加料过程中料盒的重量变化进行检测，在当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于变化阈值时，获取流量检测单元在加料过程中检测的当前调料流量，转而根据该当前调料流量与目标调料流量控制加料，可以避免称重组件受外界干扰影响加料精度的问题，提高了加料精度，确保了加料装置的抗干扰能力和可靠性。
接下来，继续对图16所示的各步骤以及在实际应用中可能采用的具体实施方式进行详细阐述。
由于称重组件是通过在加料的过程中检测目标料盒内的目标调料减少的重量来确定加料量的，因此，可以理解其是通过绝对的重量控制来确保加料精度的，而目标流量检测单元是基于目标调料的流量即目标调料的体积来确保加料体积的精确性，因此，在一些实施例中，可以设定以称重控制为主要的加料控制手段，流量控制手段作为辅助，来进一步确保加料精准性。
因此，在本申请一些实施例中，根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，之后，方法还可以进一步包括：
获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料排出前的初始重量值以及目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的累计排料时长；根据累计排料时长和预设的单位时间减重 值，确定总体减重值；若总体减重值与重量差值之差小于预设第一误差阈值，则根据重量差值和目标加料量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；重量差值为初始重量值与当前重量值之差。
可以理解的，初始重量值是开始排料前称重组件称量的重量值，在开始控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出时，加料控制装置可以同步开始计时，从而可以得到排料的过程中每一时刻的累计排料时长。
由于在目标驱动单元的工作参数一定的情况下，目标料盒的重量的变化是线性变化的，称重组件称量的重量值也是线性变化的，因此，可以在加料前提前确定目标驱动单元在单位时间内驱动目标调料排出时，目标料盒的重量变化，即得到单位时间减重值，将该单位时间减重值与计时得到的累计排料时长相乘，便可以得到在累计排料时长内目标料盒应排出的目标调料的总重量，也就是目标料盒应减少的总重量即总体减重值。
若仅是在排料过程中某一时刻或某一小段时间内称重组件因受外界干扰而出现重量值突变，而在累计排料时长内其称量的重量值回归正常状态，则可以继续基于称重控制来确保加料精准性。
因此，在根据流量控制目标料盒内的目标调料继续排出时，称重组件同样可以继续对目标料盒的重量进行称量得到当前重量值，若在累计排料时长内称重组件称量的重量变化回归正常状态，则此时初始重量值与当前重量值之差即重量差值与总体减重值应相等或相差不大。
即当总体减重值与重量差值之差小于预设第一误差阈值时，可以转回到称重控制的加料控制手段控制目标料盒内的目标调料排出。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的预设第一误差阈值可以取值为30、30.31、30.301等任意数值，预设第一误差阈值的取值具体可以根据称重组件的精度以及实际应用场景进行确定，此处不作限定。
转回称重控制的加料控制手段控制目标料盒内的目标调料排出，则可以根据重量差值和目标加料量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
具体的，若重量差值与目标加料量之差大于预设第二误差阈值，则可以确定添加到烹饪容器内的目标调料量还未达到目标加料量，可以继续控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器；而若重量差值与目标加料量之差未大于该预设第二误差阈值，则可以确定添加至烹饪容器内的目标调料量已经达到理想值即目标加料量，此时控制目标料盒内的目标调料停止通过目标排料管排出，完成加料。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的预设第二误差阈值可以取值为0、0.1、0.01等任意数值，预设第二误差阈值的取值具体可以根据称重组件的精度以及实际应用场景进行确定，此处不作限定。
根据前述实施例中对加料装置的说明可以知道，在一些实施例中，流量检测单元可以包括圈数检测器件，圈数检测器件可以用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，因此，本申请实施例中还可以根据驱动单元的运转圈数控制加料。
本申请一些实施例中，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值，之后，方法还可以进一步包括：
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于变化阈值，则根据目标调料流量确定目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；获取与目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件检测目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
由于当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于变化阈值时，可以认为称重组件工作异常，因此，此时可以根据目标调料流量确定目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数。
本申请实施例中，目标驱动单元转动一圈时所排出的目标调料对应的体积即单位排料体积可以预先通过实验获取，因此，将该目标调料流量除以预先存储的单位排料流量，便可以得到目标驱动单元输送目标加料量的目标调料的总运转圈数。
在目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中，加料控制装置可以实时目标圈数检测器件检测的目标驱动单元的当前运转圈数，进而根据该当前运转圈数与计算得到的总运转圈数，可以控制目标驱动单元的运转。
具体的，若当前运转圈数小于总运转圈数，则可以确定当前传输至烹饪容器的调料量还未达到目标加料量，因此，可以控制目标驱动单元继续驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出至烹饪容器；
而若当前运转圈数等于总运转圈数时，则可以确定当前传输至烹饪容器的调料量恰好达到目标加料量，此时，便可以关闭目标驱动单元，停止向烹饪容器添加目标调料，完成加料。
为了更好实施本申请的加料控制方法，本申请还提供一种加料控制装置，该加料控制装置可以用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，如图17所示，图17是本申请 实施例中提供的加料控制装置的一个功能模块示意图，该加料控制装置3300可以包括：
确定单元3301，用于确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
控制单元3302，用于控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出；
获取单元3303，用于获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
控制单元3302还用于根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元3302具体可以用于：
若当前调料流量小于目标调料流量，则控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；
若当前调料流量达到目标调料流量，则控制目标料盒内的目标调料停止通过目标排料管排出。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元3302根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出，之后，获取单元3303还可以用于获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料排出前的初始重量值以及目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的累计排料时长；
控制单元3302还可以用于根据累计排料时长和预设的单位时间减重值，确定总体减重值；
若总体减重值与重量差值之差小于预设第一误差阈值，则根据重量差值和目标加料量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；重量差值为初始重量值与当前重量值之差。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元3302具体还可以用于：
若重量差值与目标加料量之差大于预设第二误差阈值，则控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；
若重量差值与目标加料量之差未大于预设第二误差阈值，则控制目标料盒内的目标调 料停止通过目标排料管排出。
在本申请一些实施例中，各排料管对应连接有驱动单元，各驱动单元用于驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出，各流量检测单元包括圈数检测器件，各圈数检测器件用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，获取单元3303获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值，之后，控制单元3302具体还可以用于：
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于变化阈值，则根据目标调料流量确定目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
获取与目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件检测目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
根据当前运转圈数和总运转圈数，控制目标驱动单元的运转。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元3302具体还可以用于：
当当前运转圈数小于总运转圈数时，控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出；
当当前运转圈数达到总运转圈数时，控制目标驱动单元停止驱动目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
在本申请一些实施例中，控制单元3302具体还可以用于：
根据目标调料流量和目标驱动单元的单位排料流量，确定总运转圈数；单位排料流量为目标驱动单元转动一圈时所排出的目标调料对应的流量。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定单元3301具体可以用于：
根据目标加料量以及目标调料的密度，确定目标加料量对应的目标调料流量。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定单元3301具体可以用于：
获取目标菜谱；
根据目标菜谱确定目标调料；
根据目标调料确定目标料盒以及目标加料量；或，
解析获取的加料指令；
根据加料指令确定目标料盒以及目标加料量。
需要说明的是，本申请中，确定单元3301、控制单元3302和获取单元3303的相关内容与上述一一对应，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的加料控制装置及其相应单元模块的具体工作过程，可以参考如图16对应任意实施例中 加料控制方法的说明，具体在此不再赘述。
基于上述实施例中的加料控制方法，本申请还提供一种加料装置，该加料装置包括称重组件、至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量，各排料管用于传输对应的料盒内的调料，各排料管分别配置有流量检测单元，各流量检测单元用于检测对应的排料管内传输的调料流量；
加料装置还可以包括处理器3401和存储器3402，该存储器3402可以用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器3401执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
如图18所示，其示出了本申请所涉及的加料装置的另一个结构示意图，具体来讲：
该加料装置可以包括一个或者一个以上处理核心的处理器3401、一个或一个以上计算机可读存储介质的存储器3402、电源3403和输入单元3404等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解，图18中示出的结构并不构成对加料装置的限定，加料装置还可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。其中：
处理器3401是该加料装置的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个加料装置的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器3402内的软件程序和/或单元模块，以及调用存储在存储器3402内的数据，执行加料装置的各种功能和处理数据，从而对加料装置进行整体监控。可选的，处理器3401可包括一个或多个处理核心；处理器3401可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等，优选的，处理器3401可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通 信。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器3401中。
存储器3402可用于存储软件程序以及模块，处理器3401通过运行存储在存储器3402的软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器3402可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序等；存储数据区可存储根据烹饪设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器3402可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。相应地，存储器3402还可以包括存储器控制器，以提供处理器3401对存储器3402的访问。
该加料装置还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源3403，优选的，电源3403可以通过电源管理系统与处理器3401逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。电源3403还可以包括一个或一个以上的直流或交流电源、再充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或者逆变器、电源状态指示器等任意组件。
该加料装置还可以包括输入单元3404和输出单元3405，该输入单元3404可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与用户设置以及功能控制有关的键盘、鼠标、操作杆、光学或者轨迹球信号输入。
尽管未示出，该加料装置还可以包括显示单元等用于向用户展示调料量、加料进程等相关信息的单元，在此不再赘述。具体在本申请中，加料装置中的处理器3401会按照如下的指令，将一个或一个以上的应用程序的进程对应的可执行文件加载到存储器3402中，并由处理器3401来运行存储在存储器3402中的应用程序，从而实现各种功能，如下：
确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解，上述的各种方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过指令来完成，或通过指令控制相关的硬件来完成，该指令可以存储于一计算机可读存储介质中，并由处理器3401进行加载和执行。
为此，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质可以包括：只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取记忆体(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁盘或光盘等。其上存储有计算机指令，计算机指令被处理器3401进行加载，以执行本申请所提供的任一种加料控制方法中的步骤。例如，计算机指令被处理器3401执行时实现以下功能：
确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
该计算机可读存储介质中所存储的计算机指令，可以执行本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法中的步骤，因此，可以实现本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
请参阅图19，图19是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图，本申请还提供一种加料系统3500，该加料系统3500可以包括加料装置3501和控制端3502，加料装置3501可以包括称重组件、至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量，各排料管用于传输对应的料盒内的调料，各排料管分别配置有流量检测单元，各流量检测单元用于检测对应的排料管内传输的调料流量；各排料管分别与输料管组件连通，以通过输料管组件向烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料。
控制端3502与加料装置3501通信连接，用于控制加料装置3501执行加料操作，并实现图16对应任意实施例的加料控制方法。
该控制端3502可以控制加料装置3501实现本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
本申请还提供一种烹饪设备，该烹饪设备可以包括烹饪容器、加料装置以及输料管组件；其中，加料装置包括称重组件、至少一个料盒以及与各料盒对应的排料管，称重组件 用于称量各料盒的总重量，各排料管用于传输对应的料盒内的调料，各排料管分别配置有流量检测单元，各流量检测单元用于检测对应的排料管内传输的调料流量；各排料管分别与输料管组件连通，以通过输料管组件向烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料。
加料装置还可以包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、目标调料的目标加料量以及目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过与目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取称重组件称量的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
根据当前调料流量和目标调料流量，控制目标料盒内的目标调料通过目标排料管排出。
该加料装置可以实现本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图16对应任意实施例中加料控制方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
本申请提供一种管路清洁方法，该管路清洁方法的执行主体可以是管路清洁装置，或者集成了该管路清洁装置的加料装置、烹饪设备、服务器设备、物理主机或者用户设备(User Equipment，UE)等不同类型的设备中，其中，管路清洁装置可以采用硬件或者软件的方式实现，UE具体可以为智能手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑或者台式电脑等终端设备。
该管路清洁方法可以应用于炒菜机、料理机、烹饪机等烹饪设备的加料装置中，用于在烹饪设备结束烹饪后或者长时间不使用烹饪设备前，清洁加料装置输送调料的排料管，以确保排料管的洁净卫生。
本申请实施例的加料装置可以在烹饪过程中，向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料，以及在烹饪结束后，对排料管进行自清洁。
请参阅图20，图20是本申请实施例中提供的加料装置的一个结构示意图，该加料装置可以包括称重组件4106和至少一个料盒4101，各料盒4101配置有对应的排料管4102，称重组件4106可以用于称量各料盒4101的总重量。
该加料装置可以包括一基座4100，各料盒4101均可以设置于该基座4100上，各排料管4102分别与对应的料盒4101连通，用于传输对应料盒4101内的调料。
可以理解的，料盒4101可以是用于存储或容纳烹饪调料的容器，每一个料盒4101均可以配置有容器入口和容器出口，所储存的调料可以由容器入口流通至料盒4101的内腔即容纳腔中；当烹饪设备工作，加料装置需向烹饪设备的烹饪容器提供相应调料时，容纳在料盒4101的内腔中的调料可以由容器出口流出。
值得注意的是，在一些应用场景中，料盒4101的容器入口和容器出口可以为同一个端口，此时，调料既可以从该端口流通至料盒4101的内腔中，又可以从该端口流出，料盒4101的端口设定可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
料盒4101内存储的调料可以是水、油、酱油、醋等液态调料，还可以是盐、糖、鸡精等固体调料溶于水后得到的调料溶液，由于烹饪一道菜肴所需的调料通常不止一种，因此，本申请实施例中的料盒4101可以有不止一个，虽然图20中示出了一个料盒4101，但是，在实际应用中，料盒4101的具体数量可以根据实际应用情况进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，各排料管4102可以分别与对应的料盒4101的容器出口连通，以将对应的料盒4101内的调料传输至烹饪容器或者将对应的料盒4101内的清洁液体排出。
若每一排料管4102分别与烹饪容器连通，则烹饪容器上需要预留较多端口，若所需要的调料较多，则各排料管4102的排布复杂，因此，在其他的一些应用场景中，加料装置还可以包括一汇料容器4104，该汇料容器4104可以分别与各排料管4102连通以及通过出料管4107与烹饪容器或者其他外部容器连接，由排料管4102传输至汇料容器4104内的调料可以经由出料管4107流通至烹饪容器，或者由排料管4102传输至汇料容器4104内的清洁液体可以经由出料管4107流通至烹饪容器或与出料管4107连通的其他外部容器。
可以理解的，为了避免汇料容器4104和出料管4107内残留调料或者清洁液体，该汇料容器4104还可以连接有一气泵(图中未示出)，该气泵可以为调料或者清洁液体的流通提供动力，将汇料容器4104和出料管4107内的调料或者清洁液体泵至烹饪容器。
如图20所示，各排料管4102可以分别连接有对应的驱动单元4103，以通过驱动单元4103驱动调料或者清洁液体在管道内流通，由于各排料管4102分别与汇料容器4104连通，因此，通过对应的驱动单元4103可以将对应料盒4101内的调料或者清洁液体输送至汇料容器4104，再由汇料容器4104经出料管4107排出。
可以理解的，各驱动单元4103能够在管路中产生负压，从而将调料或者清洁液体吸入到排料管4102中，并沿着排料管4102输送液体，因此，驱动单元4103可以是现有的任一种 驱动泵结构，例如蠕动泵、叶轮式泵等，具体此处不做限定。
为了减小加料装置的体积，基座4100的内腔可以用于容纳加料装置的部分器件，如图20所示，驱动单元4103、汇料容器4104以及部分的排料管4102均可以设置于基座4100的内腔中。
如图20所示，该称重组件4106可以设置于加料装置的基座4100上，各料盒4101可以设置于一负载平台4105上，该称重组件4106可以包括称重传感器，称重传感器设置于负载平台4105下方，用于对负载平台4105以及负载平台4105上的各料盒4101的总重量进行称量。
可以理解的，负载平台4105上可以设置有多个容纳槽(未示出)，各容纳槽可以对应放置料盒4101，容纳槽可以对料盒4101进行限位，以避免在移动加料装置时负载平台4105上的料盒4101之间发生碰撞或掉落的情况。
本申请实施例中，排料管4102可以是一体式结构的管路，也可以是由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路。
在一种具体实现中，驱动单元4103采用蠕动泵，排料管4102采用韧性软管，蠕动泵通过挤压韧性软管来推送韧性软管中的液体流动，如此，可以避免蠕动泵直接与韧性软管中的液体接触，保证液体不被污染。
为了降低排料管4102对称重传感器的称量结果的影响，在一些实施例中，排料管4102可以采用由管接头和多段管路连接而成的分体式结构的管路，其中，多段管路可以采用韧性软管，同时，在对管路的走向进行排布时，可以避免管路与负载平台4105或料盒4101之间的摩擦，从而避免摩擦力对称重传感器的称量结果的影响。
基于上述实施例中的加料装置，本申请的管路清洁方法包括：
确定待清洁的目标排料管；控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
请参阅图21，图21是本申请实施例中提供的管路清洁方法的一个流程示意图。需要说明的是，虽然在流程示意图中示出了逻辑顺序，但是在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤。
本申请实施例中，该管路清洁方法可以用于清洁加料装置的排料管，该管路清洁方法可以包括以下多个步骤。
步骤S4201、确定待清洁的目标排料管。
由于加料装置的料盒可以有多个，而料盒与排料管之间存在一一对应的关系，因此，对于加料装置来说，其排料管也可以有多个。
而烹饪不同的菜肴时，所需添加的调料的种类不同，因此，各排料管的使用频率不同，而不同的使用频率会使残留在排料管内壁上的调料对排料管的影响不同。
举例来说，大多数菜肴在烹饪时都需要添加盐水，因此与存储盐水的料盒相对应的排料管的使用频率较高，由于使用频率较高，则残留在排料管内壁上的盐水不易出现腐烂、发霉等现象；而对于与存储辣油的料盒相对应的排料管来说，只有在烹饪部分菜肴时可能才需要添加辣油，因此，对于该排料管的使用频率相对较低，若长时间不对该排料管进行清洗，则残留在该排料管内壁上的辣油容易出现腐烂、发霉等现象，从而污染排料管。
因此，在一些实施例中，管路清洁装置可以根据对排料管的使用频率来确定待清洁的目标排料管，例如，可以预先为每一个排料管对应配置一个空闲时间阈值，若某一排料管的空闲时间即未被使用的时间距离上一次使用后累计达到对应的空闲时间阈值，则管路清洁装置自动将该排料管确定为待清洁的目标排料管，并且在清洁后重置所累计的空闲时间，以便下一次重新累计。
可以理解的，在其他的一些实施例中，目标排料管也可以是由用户指定的排料管，例如，用户在烹饪结束后，选择所要清洁的目标排料管的编号或名称，然后将包括该编号或名称的信号发送至管路清洁装置，从而管路清洁装置可以根据该信号确定与其中的编号或名称对应的排料管为待清洁的目标排料管。
本申请实施例中，可以根据预先设定的清洗顺序依次对不同的目标排料管进行清洁，需要说明的是，待清洁的目标排料管的数量可以根据实际情况进行确定，具体此处不做限定。
步骤S4202、控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出。
本申请实施例中，可以预先向目标排料管对应的目标料盒内排入清洁液体，使得目标料盒存储有可用于清洁排料管的清洁液体，从而在进行管道清洁时，管路清洁装置可以控制目标排料管对应的驱动单元工作，驱动目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管输出至汇料容器后，再由出料管的出口排出至烹饪容器或者其他外部容器中。
可以理解的，该清洁液体可以是净水或者添加有清洗剂的混合液体，为了提高清洁效果，清洁液体也可以是加热后的净水或混合液体，具体可以根据实际应用场景进行选择，具体此处不做限定。
步骤S4203、获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的 当前重量值。
由于称重组件可以用于称量各料盒的总重量，排料管连接的驱动单元可以被配置为驱动料盒内的调料沿排料管进行排料，以及基于称重组件称量的重量的变化停止排料。
因此，同样也可以根据称重组件称量的重量的变化控制驱动单元工作，从而控制目标排料管对清洁液体的输送。
本申请实施例中，可以根据重量的变化来控制清洁液体的流通，因此为了明确清洁过程中的清洁液体的重量变化，在目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出的过程中，可以实时获取称重单元称量的当前重量值，可以理解，随着目标料盒内的目标调料的排出，目标料盒的重量逐渐减轻，称重单元称量的重量值逐渐减小，且减小的重量即为由目标排料管排出的清洁液体的重量。
称重组件如称重传感器可以根据预先设定的采样频率周期性地采样各料盒的总重量，管路清洁装置获取称重组件称量的当前重量值的方式可以是主动获取，例如，可以预先为管路清洁装置设置一访问周期，管路清洁装置根据基于该访问周期周期性地与称重传感器建立通信连接，从而获取到称重传感器称量的当前重量值。
管路清洁装置获取称重组件称量的当前重量值的方式也可以是被动获取，例如，称重传感器每采样一次各料盒的总重量，便可以将得到的当前重量值直接发送至管路清洁装置，以使管路清洁装置获取到称重传感器称量的当前重量值。
步骤S4204、若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
由于在目标排料管输送清洁液体的过程中，随着目标料盒内的清洁液体的排出，目标料盒的重量逐渐减轻，称重单元称量的重量值逐渐减小，因此，称重组件每次采样的当前重量值会小于前一采样时刻所采样的重量值，如果称重组件采样的当前重量值与前一采样时刻所采样的重量值之间无变化或者变化较小，则可以确定目标料盒内存储的清洁液体已被全部排出，如此，便可以确定完成本次对目标排料管的清洁。
预设的变化阈值可以是0、0.01、0.1等任意数值，在不同的应用场景中，变化阈值的取值可以不同，具体的变化阈值的选取可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，此处不作限定。
本申请实施例中，通过控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，可以在目标排料管输送清洁液体的过程中，使清洁液体对目标排料管的内壁进行冲刷，从而实现对目标排料管的清洁，避免了调料残留在目标排料管内壁对目标排料管造成污染，确保了目标排料管的洁净卫生，提高了加料装置的安全性和可靠性。
接下来，继续对图21所示的各步骤以及在实际应用中可能采用的具体实施方式进行详细阐述。
在本申请一些实施例中，若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁，可以进一步包括：
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于变化阈值，则维持与目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元运转；
当维持目标驱动单元运转的时间达到预设时限时，关闭目标驱动单元，确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
由于目标排料管是将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出，因此，在目标料盒内的清洁液体恰好被排空的时刻，目标排料管内还存在着流通的清洁液体，如果此刻立即就关停目标驱动单元，则清洁液体会残存在目标排料管中。
因此，在确定当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于变化阈值时，可以维持目标驱动单元的运行状态，此时，由于目标料盒内的清洁液体已经被全部排入目标排料管，因此，目标驱动单元会将目标料盒内的空气泵入目标排料管，从而通过泵入目标排料管内的空气将残留在目标排料管内的清洁液体推出目标排料管，直至目标排料管内的清洁液体被全部排出，则可以确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
可以理解的，由于不同的料盒的安装位置不同，各排料管的走向则不同，因此，各料盒对应的排料管的长度也不相同，针对于长度较短的排料管来说，在称重组件称量的当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于变化阈值后，维持对应的驱动单元继续工作较短时间，则可以确保将残留在排料管内的清洁液体全部排出；而针对于长度较长的排料管来说，在称重组件称量的当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于变化阈值后，需维持对应的驱动单元继续工作较长时间，才可以确保将残留在排料管内的清洁液体全部排出。
因此，针对于不同的排料管维持其所对应的驱动单元继续运转的预设时限可以不同，例如，较短的排料管对应的预设时限可以设定为3s、5s等，较长的排料管对应的预设时限可以设定为10s、15s等，具体可以排料管的长度进行选择，此处不作限定。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定待清洁的目标排料管，可以进一步包括：
获取清洁指令，根据清洁指令确定目标料盒；根据目标料盒，确定与目标料盒连通的排料管为待清洁的目标排料管。
可以理解的，清洁指令可以是烹饪设备在完成烹饪后自动发送至管路清洁装置的指 令，也可以是用户通过与管路清洁装置通信连接的终端设备发送的指令，若管路清洁装置集成于烹饪设备，则该清洁指令还可以是管路清洁装置在监测到完成烹饪后自动发出的指令。
由于在对目标排料管进行清洁时，目标料盒内应存储有清洁液体，因此，若目标料盒内还存储有目标调料，则排入目标料盒内的清洁液体会污染目标料盒内原有的目标调料，造成目标调料的浪费。
因此，本申请实施例中，目标料盒可以是存储的调料已排空的料盒或者存储的调料较少的料盒。
根据上述实施例中的描述可以知道，料盒与排料管之间存在一一对应的关系，因此，在确定目标料盒之后，便可以将与该目标料盒对应连通的排料管确定为目标排料管。
在一些应用场景中，本申请的加料装置还可以包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，根据清洁指令确定目标料盒，可以进一步包括：
响应于清洁指令，获取各液位检测单元检测对应的料盒内的调料液位的液位检测信号；针对每个液位检测单元，若该液位检测单元的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于预设的缺料警戒线，则将该液位检测单元对应的料盒确定为目标料盒。
本申请实施例中，液位检测单元可以是现有的任一种液位计、液位探测仪、液位检测传感器或可以用于检测液体液位的其他器件或结构，具体此处不做限定。
对于每一个料盒，可以预先为其配置一缺料警戒线，该缺料警戒线可以用于指示管路清洁装置是否对料盒对应的排料管进行清洁，例如，缺料警戒线可以位于靠近料盒底部的部分，若调料液位低于该缺料警戒线，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位较低，存储的调料较少，即使向其排入清洁液体，也不会造成太多调料的浪费，因此，可以将该料盒确定为目标料盒；而若调料液位未低于该缺料警戒线，则可以确定料盒内的调料液位不低，存储的调料不少，若向其排入清洁液体，不仅清洁效果不好，还会浪费较多调料，因此，可以不将该料盒确定为目标料盒。
可以理解，设置缺料警戒线的目的是为了不造成调料的浪费，因此，该缺料警戒线还可以与料盒的内腔底部持平，在此场景下，通过液位检测单元可以检测料盒内是否有调料存在，只有在料盒内不存在调料时，才将该料盒确定为目标料盒，进而对其对应的目标排料管进行清洁。
本申请实施例中，各料盒对应的缺料警戒线可以相同，也可以不同，并且每一缺料警戒线的高度或位置可以根据调料成本、调料来源以及实际应用场景进行确定，在此不再过 多赘述。
当烹饪设备完成烹饪后，可以自动向管路清洁装置发送一清洁指令，当管路清洁装置获取到清洁指令后，便可以响应于该清洁指令获取各液位检测单元对对应的料盒内的调料液位进行检测的液位检测信号，对于每一个液位检测单元，如果其输出的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于缺料警戒线，则可以认为该料盒内的调料液位较低，进而可以将该料盒确定为目标料盒；反之，如果液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料警戒线，则可以认为该料盒内的调料液位不低，不将该料盒确定为目标料盒，即本次清洁不对该料盒对应的排料管进行清洁。
在一种具体实现中，当料盒内的调料液位低于缺料警戒线时，液位检测单元输出高电平的液位检测信号，而当料盒内的调料液位未低于该缺料警戒线时，液位检测单元输出低电平的液位检测信号，因此，若管路清洁装置获取到的液位检测信号为高电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位低于缺料警戒线，若管路清洁装置获取到的液位检测信号为低电平信号，则可以确认料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料警戒线，从而根据液位检测信号便可以确定目标料盒，进而根据目标料盒确定目标排料管。
在其他的应用场景中，低电平的液位检测信号也可以用于表征料盒内的调料液位低于缺料警戒线，此时，高电平的液位检测信号则用于表征料盒内的调料液位未低于缺料警戒线，在此不再过多赘述。
在本申请另一些实施例中，根据清洁指令确定目标料盒，还可以进一步包括：
解析清洁指令，提取清洁指令中携带的目标料盒标识码；各料盒关联配置有唯一的料盒标识码；根据目标料盒标识码，将与目标料盒标识码关联的料盒确定为目标料盒。
本申请实施例中，当烹饪设备完成烹饪后，可以提示用户对是否进行排料管的清洁进行选择，具体的，烹饪设备可以配置有交互界面，该交互界面上可以显示清洁选择按键以及与各料盒对应的按键，用户可以通过交互界面上的按键对是否进行排料管清洁，以及具体对哪些排料管进行清洁进行选择，从而烹饪设备可以将携带有用户选择的清洁指令发送至管道清洁装置。
在另一种实现方式中，管道清洁装置还可以通信连接有终端设备，该终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑等现有的智能终端，终端设备与烹饪设备之间可以通过任何通信方式实现网络通信，包括但不限于，基于第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)、全球互通微波访问(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)的移动通信，基于TCP/IP协 议族(TCP/IP Protocol Suite，TCP/IP)、用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol，UDP)的计算机网络通信，或基于蓝牙(Bluetooth)、行动热点(Wi-Fi)、紫峰(Zigbee)的无线网络通信等。
用户可以通过在终端设备所配置的相应程序中对是否进行排料管清洁，以及具体对哪些排料管进行清洁进行选择，然后终端设备通过向管道清洁装置发送清洁指令，以将用户所选择的是否进行排料管清洁，以及具体对哪些排料管进行清洁的信息发送至管道清洁装置。
本申请实施例中，每一个料盒都关联配置有唯一标识其身份的料盒标识码，在用户选择进行排料管清洁以及确定待清洁的目标排料管之后，便可以选择与目标排料管对应的目标料盒的按键，从而将目标料盒对应的目标料盒标识码配置在清洁指令中，以使清洁指令携带该目标料盒的目标料盒标识码，当管道清洁装置获取到清洁指令后，对该清洁指令进行解析，便可以从清洁指令中提取到目标料盒标识码，从而将与目标料盒标识码关联的料盒确定为目标料盒。
举例来说，管道清洁装置中可以配置一标识码关联表，当管道清洁装置从清洁指令中提取到目标料盒标识码之后，可以调用该标识码关联表，在标识码关联表中查找与目标料盒标识码对应的料盒，从而将该料盒确定为目标料盒，进而根据目标料盒确定待清洁的目标排料管，然后控制该目标排料管对应的驱动单元工作，将目标料盒内的清洁用水通过目标排料管排出，实现对目标排料管的清洁。
在本申请一些实施例中，根据清洁指令确定目标料盒，之后，方法还可以进一步包括：
检测目标料盒内是否存在目标调料；
若检测到目标料盒内存在目标调料，则发出表征排空目标调料的排料提示或者控制目标料盒排出目标调料。
本申请实施例中，同样可以根据液位检测单元检测目标料盒内的目标调料液位的液位检测信号确定目标料盒内是否还有目标调料，若目标料盒内还存在目标调料，则管路清洁装置可以控制驱动单元工作，以通过驱动单元将目标料盒内的目标调料经排料管排出。
或者，管路清洁装置也可以发出用于表征排空目标调料的排料提示，以提示用户清空目标料盒内的目标调料，避免目标料盒内的原有调料的浪费。
可以理解，该排料提示可以通过烹饪设备的交互界面或者扬声器、指示灯进行显示，也可以显示在与管道清洁装置通信连接的终端设备上。
在本申请一些实施例中，各料盒可以分别连接存储清洁液体的储液容器，控制与目标 排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，之前，方法可以进一步包括：
获取称重组件称量的初始重量值；控制储液容器内的清洁液体排入目标料盒；获取称重组件称量的清洁液体排入目标料盒的过程中的实时重量值；若实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值小于预设误差阈值，则控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒；目标重量值为初始重量值与目标料盒对应的预设重量阈值之和。
本申请实施例中，可以根据重量的变化来控制清洁液体的流通，称重单元称量的初始重量值可以是清洁前各料盒的总重量。
为了避免输送至目标料盒的清洁液体超过目标料盒的最大容积，可以根据目标料盒的最大容积计算得到用清洁液体充满该目标料盒的内腔容量时，所用的清洁液体的重量，此时计算得到的清洁液体的重量则可以设定为预设重量阈值，即在目标料盒内的目标已被排空的前提下，当流入目标料盒的清洁液体的重量小于该预设重量阈值时，可以确定目标料盒未被充满，可以控制储液容器继续向目标料盒排入清洁液体，当流入目标料盒的清洁液体的重量等于或者大于该预设重量阈值时，可以确定目标料盒被充满，停止向目标料盒排入清洁液体。
由于称重单元称量的初始重量值是排入清洁液体之前，各料盒的总重量，为了明确向目标料盒排入清洁液体过程中的重量变化，在向目标料盒排入清洁液体的过程中，可以实时获取称重单元称量的实时重量值，可以理解，随着清洁液体排入目标料盒，目标料盒的重量逐渐增加，称重单元称量的重量值逐渐增大，且增大的重量即为排入至目标料盒的清洁液体的重量。
因此，实时重量值减去初始重量值则是排入至目标料盒的清洁液体的重量值，当实时重量值与初始重量值之间的差值达到预设重量阈值时，则可以控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒。
但是，在此过程中，由于每一次称量得到实时重量值之后，都需要与初始重量值作一次减法，然后再与预设重量阈值进行比较，存在一定的耗时，有可能影响排出至目标料盒的清洁液体的重量精度。
基于这一问题，本实施例中，可以在实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值小于预设误差阈值时，控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒。
可以理解的，称重单元称量的初始重量值加上预设重量阈值所得到的重量值即为完成清洁液体排入后称重单元应称量得到的目标重量值，因此，本申请实施例中，可以将每一次获取得到的实时重量值与该目标重量值进行比较，当实时重量值与目标重量值一致时， 则可以认为排入至目标料盒的清洁液体恰好充满目标料盒，从而停止继续排入清洁液体，此场景中，只需在开始排入清洁液体前，对初始重量值和预设重量阈值作一次加法得到目标重量值，在排入清洁液体的过程中，每一次称量得到的实时重量值可直接与该目标重量值进行比较，可以确保排入至目标料盒的清洁液体的重量精度。
例如，目标调料充满目标料盒的预设重量阈值为200g，初始重量值为800g，则完成排入清洁液体时的目标重量值应为1000g，因此，在排入清洁液体的过程中，当称重单元称量的实时重量值为1000g时，管道清洁装置可以发出停止信号至储液容器，以使储液容器停止向目标料盒排入清洁液体。
在其他的一些应用场景中，为了避免器件延时带来的称重干扰，还可以预先设置一预设误差阈值，将实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值与该预设误差阈值进行比较，当实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值未小于该预设误差阈值时，可以认为排入的清洁液体还未充满目标料盒，进而可以控制储液容器继续向目标料盒输送清洁液体，而当实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值小于该预设误差阈值时，则可以认为清洁液体已充满目标料盒，进而可以控制储液容器停止向目标料盒排入清洁液体。
可以理解的，该预设误差阈值可以为0.01g、0.1g、1g等任意数值，具体可以根据过往经验或者多次实验进行确定，不同的应用场景中，预设误差阈值也可以不同，在此不再过多赘述。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还可以包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，各料盒分别连接存储清洁液体的储液容器，控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，之前，方法可以进一步包括：
控制储液容器内的清洁液体排入目标料盒；获取与目标料盒对应的目标液位检测单元检测目标料盒内的清洁液体液位的液位检测信号；若液位检测信号表征清洁液体液位未低于预设的液位上限线，则控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒。
由于目标料盒的容积有限，在向目标料盒排入清洁液体的过程中，为了避免排入目标料盒内的清洁液体从目标料盒溢出，本申请实施例中，可以为每一料盒配置一液位检测单元，通过该液位检测单元对清洁液体排入过程中目标料盒内的液位高度进行检测。
本申请实施例中，液位检测单元可以是现有的任一种液位计、液位探测仪、液位检测传感器或可以用于检测液体液位的其他器件或结构，具体此处不做限定。
对于每一个料盒，可以预先为其配置一液位上限线，该液位上限线可以用于指示料盒内的液体液位是否达到料盒能承受的最高液位，例如，液位上限线可以位于靠近料盒顶部 的部分，若液体液位低于该液位上限线，则可以确定料盒内的液体液位较低，可以继续容纳清洁液体；而若液体液位未低于该液位上限线，则可以确定料盒内的液体液位较高，存储的清洁液体将近充满料盒的容积，若继续向其排入清洁液体，则可能会导致液体溢出。
可以理解，设置液位上限线的目的是为了避免目标料盒内的清洁液体溢出，因此，在一些应用场景中，该液位上限线还可以与目标料盒的内腔顶部持平，在此场景下，通过液位检测单元输出的液位检测信号可以确定目标料盒的内腔是否被充满，在目标料盒未被充满时，可以继续向目标料盒排入清洁液体，而在目标料盒被充满时，需停止排入清洁液体。
本申请实施例中，各料盒对应的液位上限线可以相同，也可以不同，具体的每一液位上限线的高度或位置可以根据实际应用场景进行确定，在此不再过多赘述。
在一种具体实现中，当目标料盒内的清洁液体液位低于液位上限线时，液位检测单元输出高电平的液位检测信号，而当目标料盒内的清洁液体液位未低于该液位上限线时，液位检测单元输出低电平的液位检测信号，因此，若管路清洁装置获取到的液位检测信号为高电平信号，则可以确认目标料盒内的清洁液体液位低于液位上限线，可以控制储液容器继续向目标料盒排入清洁液体；若管路清洁装置获取到的液位检测信号为低电平信号，则可以确认目标料盒内的清洁液体液位未低于液位上限线，此时可以认为目标料盒已被充满，从而可以控制储液容器停止向目标料盒排入清洁液体。
在其他的应用场景中，低电平的液位检测信号也可以用于表征目标料盒内的清洁液体液位低于液位上限线，此时，高电平的液位检测信号则用于表征目标料盒内的清洁液体液位未低于液位上限线，在此不再过多赘述。
为了更好实施本申请的管路清洁方法，本申请还提供一种管路清洁装置，该管路清洁装置可以用于清洁加料装置的排料管，加料装置包括称重组件和至少一个料盒，各料盒配置有对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量，如图22所示，图22是本申请实施例中提供的管路清洁装置的一个功能模块示意图，该管路清洁装置4300可以包括：
确定单元4301，用于确定待清洁的目标排料管；
控制单元4302，用于控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；
获取单元4303，用于获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
判断单元4304，用于若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
本申请实施例中，控制单元4302通过控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，可以在目标排料管输送清洁液体的过程中，使清洁液体对目标排料管的内壁进行冲刷，从而实现对目标排料管的清洁，避免了调料残留在目标排料管内壁对目标排料管造成污染，确保了目标排料管的洁净卫生，提高了加料装置的安全性和可靠性。
在本申请一些实施例中，各排料管分别对应连接有驱动单元，各驱动单元用于将对应的料盒内的液体通过对应的排料管排出，判断单元4304具体可以用于：
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于变化阈值，则维持与目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元运转；
当维持目标驱动单元运转的时间达到预设时限时，关闭目标驱动单元，确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定单元4301具体可以用于：
获取清洁指令，根据清洁指令确定目标料盒；
根据目标料盒，确定与目标料盒连通的排料管为待清洁的目标排料管。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，确定单元4301具体还可以用于：
响应于清洁指令，获取各液位检测单元检测对应的料盒内的调料液位的液位检测信号；
针对每个液位检测单元，若该液位检测单元的液位检测信号表征对应的料盒内的调料液位低于预设的缺料警戒线，则将该液位检测单元对应的料盒确定为目标料盒。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定单元4301具体还可以用于：
解析清洁指令，提取清洁指令中携带的目标料盒标识码；各料盒关联配置有唯一的料盒标识码；
根据目标料盒标识码，将与目标料盒标识码关联的料盒确定为目标料盒。
在本申请一些实施例中，确定单元4301根据清洁指令确定目标料盒，之后，控制单元4302具体还可以用于：
检测目标料盒内是否存在目标调料；
若检测到目标料盒内存在目标调料，则发出表征排空目标调料的排料提示或者控制目标料盒排出目标调料。
在本申请一些实施例中，各料盒分别连接存储清洁液体的储液容器，控制单元4302控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，之前，具体还可以 用于：
获取称重组件称量的初始重量值；
控制储液容器内的清洁液体排入目标料盒；
获取称重组件称量的清洁液体排入目标料盒的过程中的实时重量值；
若实时重量值与目标重量值之间的差值小于预设误差阈值，则控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒；目标重量值为初始重量值与目标料盒对应的预设重量阈值之和。
在本申请一些实施例中，加料装置还包括与各料盒对应的液位检测单元，各料盒分别连接存储清洁液体的储液容器，控制单元4302控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，之前，具体还可以用于：
控制储液容器内的清洁液体排入目标料盒；
获取与目标料盒对应的目标液位检测单元检测目标料盒内的清洁液体液位的液位检测信号；
若液位检测信号表征清洁液体液位未低于预设的液位上限线，则控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒。
需要说明的是，本申请中，确定单元4301、控制单元4302、获取单元4303和判断单元4304的相关内容与上述一一对应，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的管路清洁装置及其相应单元模块的具体工作过程，可以参考如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法的说明，具体在此不再赘述。
基于上述实施例中的管路清洁方法，本申请还提供一种加料装置，该加料装置包括称重组件和至少一个料盒，各料盒配置有对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量；
加料装置还可以包括处理器4401和存储器4402，该存储器4402可以用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序被处理器4401执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待清洁的目标排料管；
控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；
获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
如图23所示，其示出了本申请所涉及的加料装置的另一个结构示意图，具体来讲：
该加料装置可以包括一个或者一个以上处理核心的处理器4401、一个或一个以上计算机可读存储介质的存储器4402、电源4403和输入单元4404等部件。本领域技术人员可以理 解，图23中示出的结构并不构成对加料装置的限定，加料装置还可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。其中：
处理器4401是该加料装置的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个加料装置的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器4402内的软件程序和/或单元模块，以及调用存储在存储器4402内的数据，执行加料装置的各种功能和处理数据，从而对加料装置进行整体监控。可选的，处理器4401可包括一个或多个处理核心；处理器4401可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等，优选的，处理器4401可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器4401中。
存储器4402可用于存储软件程序以及模块，处理器4401通过运行存储在存储器4402的软件程序以及模块，从而执行各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器4402可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序等；存储数据区可存储根据烹饪设备的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器4402可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。相应地，存储器4402还可以包括存储器控制器，以提供处理器4401对存储器4402的访问。
该加料装置还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源4403，优选的，电源4403可以通过电源管理系统与处理器4401逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。电源4403还可以包括一个或一个以上的直流或交流电源、再充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或者逆变器、电源状态指示器等任意组件。
该加料装置还可以包括输入单元4404和输出单元4405，该输入单元4404可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与用户设置以及功能控制有关的键盘、鼠标、操作杆、光学或者轨迹球信号输入。
尽管未示出，该加料装置还可以包括显示单元等用于向用户展示清洁进度等相关信息的单元，在此不再赘述。具体在本申请中，加料装置中的处理器4401会按照如下的指令，将一个或一个以上的应用程序的进程对应的可执行文件加载到存储器4402中，并由处理器4401来运行存储在存储器4402中的应用程序，从而实现各种功能，如下：
确定待清洁的目标排料管；
控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；
获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解，上述的各种方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过指令来完成，或通过指令控制相关的硬件来完成，该指令可以存储于一计算机可读存储介质中，并由处理器4401进行加载和执行。
为此，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质可以包括：只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取记忆体(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁盘或光盘等。其上存储有计算机指令，计算机指令被处理器4401进行加载，以执行本申请所提供的任一种管路清洁方法中的步骤。例如，计算机指令被处理器4401执行时实现以下功能：
确定待清洁的目标排料管；
控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；
获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
该计算机可读存储介质中所存储的计算机指令，可以执行本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法中的步骤，因此，可以实现本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
请参阅图24，图24是本申请实施例中提供的加料系统的一个系统结构示意图，本申请还提供一种加料系统4500，该加料系统4500可以包括加料装置4501和控制端4502，加料装置4501可以包括称重组件和至少一个料盒，各料盒配置有对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量。
控制端4502与加料装置4501通信连接，用于控制加料装置4501执行加料操作，并实现图21对应任意实施例的管路清洁方法。
该控制端4502可以控制加料装置4501实现本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
本申请还提供一种烹饪设备，该烹饪设备可以包括烹饪容器、加料装置以及输料管组 件；其中，加料装置包括称重组件和至少一个料盒，各料盒配置有对应的排料管，称重组件用于称量各料盒的总重量，各排料管分别与输料管组件连通，以通过输料管组件向烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料。
加料装置还可以包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时，可以用于实现以下功能：
确定待清洁的目标排料管；
控制与目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出；
获取称重组件称量的目标排料管将目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
若当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
该加料装置可以实现本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法，因此，可以实现本申请如图21对应任意实施例中管路清洁方法所能实现的有益效果，详见前面的说明，在此不再赘述。
下面结合具体应用场景，对本申请的技术方案进行说明，以帮助理解。
应用场景三
烹饪设备的当前烹饪程序结束后，自动触发一清洁指令发送至加料装置，加料装置响应于该清洁指令，获取与各料盒对应的液位检测单元输出的液位检测信号，根据各液位检测信号将调料液位低于缺料警戒线的料盒确定为目标料盒，进而确定与目标料盒对应的排料管为目标排料管。
控制储料容器向目标料盒排入清洁液体，当目标料盒内的清洁液体液位达到液位上限线，控制储液容器内的清洁液体停止排入目标料盒，并控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出，利用清洁液体对目标排料管的内壁进行冲刷，带走残留在目标排料管内壁上的目标调料。
获取排出过程中称重组件称量的当前重量值，从当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值相等时开始计时，若在45s内的当前重量值始终与其前一时刻的重量值相等，则关闭目标驱动单元，确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
应用场景四
烹饪设备的当前烹饪程序结束后，向用户发出是否进行管道清洁的提示，若用户选择进行管道清洁，则将用户选择的目标料盒对应的排料管确定为目标排料管。
提示用户将目标料盒内的目标调料排空，并提示用户将清洁液体倒入目标料盒，待用户点击清洁按键后，控制目标驱动单元驱动目标料盒内的清洁液体通过目标排料管排出， 利用清洁液体对目标排料管的内壁进行冲刷，带走残留在目标排料管内壁上的目标调料。
获取排出过程中称重组件称量的当前重量值，从当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值相等时开始计时，若在410s内的当前重量值始终与其前一时刻的重量值相等，则关闭目标驱动单元，确定完成对目标排料管的清洁。
请参阅图25，本申请的实施例提供一种加料装置5100，其用于为一烹饪容器提供调料。在此，所述加料装置5100包括料盒5140(请见图26)、称重组件5110和输料组件5120。
其中，请参阅图26，所述料盒5140用于存储烹饪用的调料，此处，所述调料包括但不限于水、油、盐或盐水、酱油、老抽、生抽、辣椒油、醋及其混合物等。在此，所述料盒5140的数量被设置为至少两个，其中一个料盒5140用于存储油，其余料盒5140用于存储其他调料，这是由于油和其他调料通常需要分别进行投放，以避免油与其他调料中的液体同时加入烹饪容器中所可能导致的液体飞溅问题。在此基础上，所述料盒5140的具体数量可以按需要进行设置，例如对应于所需调料的数量进行设置为2个、3个、5个、8个等，本实施例并不对其进行限制。并且，各个所述料盒5140的体积及容量可以根据需要设置，示例性地，此处设置有1个第一料盒5141和7个第二料盒5142，其中所述第一料盒5141用于储存水，7个所述第二料盒5142用于储存其他调料。由于在烹饪过程中水的用量相较于其他调料的用量更多，因此所述第一料盒5141的体积和容量大于所述第二料盒5142的体积和容量，以减少烹饪过程中补充水的次数和频率。当然，在其他实施例中，各个所述料盒5140的体积和容量可以与上述示例不同，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
所述料盒5140被设置在所述称重组件5110上，所述称重组件5110用于对所述料盒5140进行称量，从而对所述料盒5140中所存储的调料进行称量，以便获得调料的用量和/或储量信息，进而便于进行相应的操作。在一个示例中，所述称重组件5110对所述料盒5140进行一次称量并进行去皮处理，以获得所述料盒5140中调料的重量。在另一个示例中，所述称重组件5110对所述料盒5140进行前后两次测量，两次测量的差值即为所述调料的用量。
在一些实施例中，请再参阅图25，所述称重组件5110包括称重传感器5111和负载平台5112。其中，所述称重传感器5111可以为重量传感器，所述负载平台5112设置在所述称重传感器5111上，所述负载平台5112用于承载所述料盒5140(请见图26)。示例性地，所述加料装置5100包括基座5130，所述称重组件5110还包括连接支架5113。所述连接支架5113连接在所述基座5130上，所述称重传感器5111设置在所述连接支架5113上，即所述称重传感器5111通过所述连接支架5113被安装在所述基座5130上。所述负载平台 5112固定在所述称重传感器5111上，并且所述料盒5140以可拆卸的方式连接在所述负载平台5112上，进而所述料盒5140中的调料的重量得以被所述称重传感器5111称量。同时，此处，所述料盒5140与所述负载平台5112之间以可拆卸的方式相互连接，用户可将所述料盒5140由所述负载平台5112上拆卸以便进行清洗和换装调料等操作。
在此，承前所述，所述负载平台5112上设置有至少两个所述料盒5140。所述称重传感器5111可以对应于所述料盒5140的数量和位置进行设置，从而对各个料盒5140的重量进行称量。或者，也可以总共只设置一个称重传感器5111，该一个称重传感器5111用于称量所有的料盒5140的总重量，并通过所有的料盒5140的总重量的变化，来确定调料的用量。示例性地，在取用某一种调料后，根据总重量的减少量来确定该种调料的用量。
并且，为了便于在实际使用时对所述料盒5140中调料的取用，通常地将储存有特定种类的调料的料盒5140装载在所述负载平台5112上的特定位置。示例性地，所述负载平台5112上依次设置有若干装载位，所述装载位用于装载所述料盒5140。具体地，请参阅图25，其中示出了第一装载位51121和第二装载位51122，所述第一装载位51121被设置为用于装载储存有酱油的料盒5140，所述第二装载位51122被设置为用于装载储存有醋的料盒5140。此处，用户在使用时可能错放料盒5140的位置，例如将储存有醋的料盒5140装载至第一装载位51121上，进而可能导致后续使用时对调料的取用发生错误。
因此，在本申请的实施例中，所述负载平台5112的每个装载位上均设置有连接部51123，在此，所述连接部51123具体为对位凸起并且每个所述对位凸起具有不同的形状。与此相对应地，所述料盒5140与所述连接部51123相对应设置，每个所述料盒5140上分别设有用于与相对应的所述连接部51123相配合的配合部(图未示)，在此，所述配合部为对位凹陷。此处，相对应设置的连接部51123和配合部可以相互对接，以使所述料盒5140被可拆卸地装配至所述负载平台5112上，并且不相对应的连接部51123和配合部形状不同无法对接以形成防呆配合，有助于防止用户将储液容器安装至错误的位置。当然，可以理解的是，在其他实施例中，所述连接部51123可以为对位凸起，相对应地，所述配合部为对位凹陷，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
如前所述，所述料盒5140的数量被设置为至少两个，此处，所述输料组件5120的数量也被设置为至少两个，并且所述输料组件5120的数量是一一对应于所述料盒5140的数量进行设置的，每个所述输料组件5120均与相对应设置的所述料盒5140相连接。示例性地，请参阅图26，在本实施例中，所述料盒5140的数量被设置为8个。请同时结合图27，相对应地，所述输料组件5120的数量也被设置为8个，每个所述输料组件与其相对应的 所述料盒5140连接，以用于将对应的所述料盒5140内的调料输出至烹饪容器中。当然，承前所述，所述料盒5140的数量可以被设置为其他数量，相对应地所述输料组件的数量也可以被设置为其他数量，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
请参阅图28，每个所述输料组件5120各自包括输料管道5121、第一管段连接件5122、第二管段连接件5123和驱动件5124。
在此，请结合图29，所述输料管道5121包括第一管段51211和第二管段51212。所述第一管段51211具有第一端51213和第二端51214，所述第一端51213连接至所述第一管段连接件5122，所述第二端51214连接至所述第二管段连接件5123，即所述第一管段51211连接所述第一管段连接件5122和所述第二管段连接件5123。所述第二管段51212具有第三端51215和第四端51216，所述第三端51215连接至所述第二管段连接件5123，所述第四端51216连接至所述驱动件5124，即所述第二管段51212连接所述第二管段连接件5123和所述驱动件5124，并且所述第一管段51211和所述第二管段51212通过所述第二管段连接件5123连通。
所述第一管段连接件5122用于连接所述料盒5140(请见图26)与第一管段51211，并在所述料盒5140和所述第一管段51211之间形成用于供给调料的通路。示例性地，请参阅图25，所述负载平台5112可以包括向远离所述基座5130的方向延伸的侧边延伸部51124，使用时所述侧边延伸部51124位于所述料盒5140的一侧，以便对所述料盒5140进行侧边的支撑。所述第一管段连接件5122设置在所述负载平台5112的侧边延伸部51124上。在此，所述第一管段连接件5122设置在所述侧边延伸部51124上。其中，所述输料组件5120可以包括一装载件5125，此处，所述装载件5125大致呈板状且被设置在所述侧边延伸部51124的顶部，当然，本实施例并不对其结构和具体位置进行限定。至少两个所述输料组件5120的第一管段连接件5122均设置在所述装载件5125上，并通过所述装载件5125与所述负载平台5112的侧边延伸部51124固定。当然，在其他实施例中，各个所述输料组件5120的第一管段连接件5122也可分别连接至所述负载平台5112，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
请再参阅图29，所述第一管段连接件5122具有连通的第一接口51221和第二接口51222。其中，所述第一接口51221用于可拆卸地连接至所述料盒5140(请见图26)，例如通过管道与所述料盒5140连接等，在需要将所述料盒5140由所述负载平台5112上拆卸时，可以解除所述料盒5140与所述第一接口51221之间的连接，以便对所述料盒5140进行移动。所述第二接口51222用于连接所述输料组件5120。此处，所述连接件5122之间 的间距以及连接件5122的形状等可以根据需要进行设置，例如根据对应的储液容器5140的大小进行设置，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
此处，请参阅图30，在一些实施例中，所述第一接口51221被设置为呈沿着靠近所述第二接口51222的方向内径渐缩的漏斗状。具体地，在图25所示的状态下，所述第一接口51221和第二接口51222沿着竖直方向相对设置，且所述第一接口51221位于上侧。此处，在使用后，可能有残留的部分调料位于所述第一接口51221处，由于所述第一接口51221呈内径渐缩的漏斗状，因而使得残留的调料易于向第一接口51221内侧流动，即所述第一接口51221的表面不易残留调料，用户在拆卸和安装所述料盒5140时不易于接触到残留的调料，以避免用户的手被调料污染。
此外，在一些实施例中，在所述第一管段连接件5122内还可以设置有单向阀(图未示)，调料可由所述第一管段连接件5122向远离所述料盒5140的方向流动但不可反向流动，以避免调料反向向所述料盒5140内回流。
所述第二管段连接件5123设置在所述基座5130上，以与所述驱动件5124相固定，所述驱动件5124可以为泵等结构。此处，请参阅图28，所述输料管道5121还具有一连接至烹饪容器的出料口5126，该出料口5126可以设置在所述驱动件5124的下游或其他位置，所述驱动件5124被配置在所述输料管道5121中以用于驱动调料沿所述输料管道5121移动并被供给至烹饪容器中。在一些优选的实施例中，所述驱动件5124具体为蠕动泵，蠕动泵具有精度高的优点，通过调节蠕动泵的转速可以便捷、精确地调节所述输料管道5121的流量。
在此，所述驱动件5124运作时将产生振动，通常地，所述振动将由所述输料管道5121传递至料盒5140，并通过所述料盒5140传递至所述称重组件5110，并影响所述称重组件5110对所述料盒5140的称量。进而烹饪时的调料用量将产生偏差，烹饪的口味将受到影响。尤其是当所述驱动件5124为蠕动泵时，由于蠕动泵是通过对输料管道5121进行挤压以实现调料的泵出的，其更容易导致所述输料管道5121的振动并影响调料称量的准确性。
为此，在本申请的实施例中，所述输料管道5121被设置为第一管段51211和第二管段51212两部分，所述第一管段51211和所述第二管段51212不直接相连而是通过固定设置的所述第二管段连接件5123相连，相较于将第一管段51211和第二管段51212设置为一个管道的方案，第一管段51211的振动需要传递至设置在所述第一管段51211和所述第二管段51212之间的第二管段连接件5123后才能传递至所述第二管段51212，固定设置的所述第二管段连接件5123有助于增加振动在传递至所述第二管段51212的过程中的衰减，进 而减少了振动向所述第二管段51212的传递。从而，所述驱动件5124的振动主要被传递至所述第二管段51212，传递至与所述料盒5140相连的第一管段51211的振动相对较少，有助于减少振动所造成的称量误差。
并且，在一些实施例中，所述第一管段51211被设置为软管，并且第一管段51211的两端分别被第一管段连接件5122和第二管段连接件5123固定，当所述驱动件5124运作时产生的振动传递至所述第一管段51211时，由于所述第一管段51211为柔性结构，因此所述第一管段51211将产生摆动进而吸收所述振动，有助于进一步减少所述振动对称量造成的影响。可以理解的是，所述第一管段51211的长度长于所述第二管段连接件5123至所述第一管段连接件5122之间的距离，在所述第一管段51211未受外力时，所述第一管段51211处于松弛状态，即所述第一管段51211不处于绷紧的状态，否则所述第一管段51211将无法摆动并进而有效吸收振动。当然，在其他实施例中，所述第一管段51211也可仅部分设置为软管以形成柔性结构并实现对振动的吸收。或者，所述第一管段51211上也可以设置成其他的柔性结构，例如所述第一管段51211的表面可以设置有螺旋状的波纹结构以呈波纹管状，进而在受到振动时所述波纹结构可以展开或收缩以将振动吸收。即，所述第一管段51211的至少部分被设置为柔性，进而柔性的部分可通过位移或者形变来吸收振动，以减少传递至料盒5140的振动，并进而改善称重的准确度。
在进一步的实施例中，所述第二管段51212的至少部分也可以被设置为柔性，以减少振动的传递。示例性地，所述第二管段51212也被设置为软管，进而，所述第二管段51212可以产生位移以吸收所述驱动件5124运行时所导致的振动，传递至所述第一管段51211的振动将减少，进而传递至称重组件的振动也将减少。该采用软管的设置较为便捷且成本较低，软管便于弯曲有助于适应不同的环境空间并实现各部件支架的连接。当然，在其他实施例中，所述第二管段51212也可以被设置为硬管等，本实施例并不对其进行限制。
在一些实施例中，所述基座5130具有一容纳腔室(图未示)，所述驱动件5124设置在所述容纳腔室内，有助于对所述驱动件5124进行保护，同时也对所述基座5130内的空间进行合理利用。请再参阅图25，所述称重组件5110和所述第二管段连接件5123设置在所述基座5130的一侧，所述基座5130的一侧的外壁所在的平面为第一平面，所述称重组件5110、料盒5140和输料组件5120在所述第一平面上的至少部分投影均位于所述基座5130在所述第一平面上的投影之内。通常地，所述基座5130的一侧是指所述基座5130沿着竖直方向的上侧，所述第一平面为水平面，在如此设置时，所述称重组件5110、料盒5140和输料组件5120在水平面上的占用空间较小，有助于适用于台面空间较小的环境中。
在一些实施例中，沿着竖直方向，所述驱动件5124设置在所述料盒5140的下侧，在此，将重量相对较大的驱动件5124设置在下侧，以实现配重的效果。该设置有助于提高加料装置5100的整体结构稳定性，减少由于上侧的重量过重而可能导致的倾倒等风险。
在一些实施例中，所述加料装置5100还包括汇集件(图未示)，若干对应于所述料盒5140设置的输料组件5120的出料口5126均连接至所述汇集件，所述汇集件用于连接至一烹饪容器。在此，所述加料装置5100还可以包括排空组件(图未示)，所述排空组件可以为气泵等，其连接至所述汇集件以用于向所述汇集件增压，以将所述汇集件内的调料排空至所述烹饪容器中，避免调料残留在汇集件中进而影响实际的调料量的投放，并减少调料长期残留在汇集件中的风险。
在一些实施例中，所述称重组件5110与所述第二管段51212在所述基座5130上的至少部分投影重叠。该设置有助于使得第二管段51212尽量缩短，便于对调料的泵出，同时也有助于减小所述基座5130的体积。示例性地，所述基座5130被放置在一大致呈水平的平面上，所述称重组件5110的称重传感器5111与所述第二管段51212在所述基座5130上的投影即为两者在水平面上的投影，所述称重传感器5111与所述第二管段51212在水平面上的占用空间较小，进而，所述基座5130在水平面上的占用空间也较小，有助于使得所述加料装置5100更适用于台面空间较小的环境中。
在一些实施例中，烹饪过程中对不同调料的用量差异是较大的，但用同一流量的驱动件5124很难达到加料精度和加料时间的平衡。流量较大的驱动件5124的加料精度将难以控制，但流量较小的驱动件5124会导致加料时间的增加，可能无法及时添加调料，进而影响菜品质量。因此，在本申请的实施例中，如前所述，可以设置有不同体积和容量的所述料盒5140。示例性地，请再参阅图26，此处设置有容量较大的第一料盒5141和容量较小的第二料盒5142，容量较大的第一料盒5141用于储存用量较大的调料。与此相对应，本实施例还设置有不同流量的第一驱动件51241和第二驱动件51242，其中第一驱动件51241的流量大于所述第二驱动件51242的流量。所述第一驱动件51241对应连接至所述第一料盒5141，所述第二驱动件51242对应连接至所述第二料盒5142。进而，对于储存有用量大的调料的第一料盒5141采用大流量的第一驱动件51241，对于储存有用量小的调料的第二料盒5142采用小流量的第二驱动件51242，以通过驱动件5120的不同流量实现加料精度和加料时间的平衡。
在上述实施例中，主要以所述输料组件5120对应于所述料盒5140设置的实施例来进行描述，当然可以理解的是，在其他实施例中，也可以仅设置有一个所述输料组件5120， 所述输料组件5120的第一管段连接件5122通过阀组等可选择地连通至各个所述料盒5140以实现调料的供给。
并且，在其他实施例中，也可以不设置有所述第一管段连接件5122，而是将所述输料管道5121的第一管段51211直接连接至所述料盒5140。
在此，通常地，所述加料装置5100为炒菜机等烹饪设备中的一个部件。因此，相应地，本申请的实施例还提供一种烹饪设备，所述烹饪设备包括加料装置5100和烹饪容器(图未示)。
其中，所述加料装置5100包括称重组件5110、料盒5140和输料组件5120。所述料盒5140设置在所述称重组件5110上，所述输料组件5120包括输料管道5121、第一管段连接件5122、第二管段连接件5123和驱动件5124，所述输料管道5121包括第一管段51211和第二管段51212，所述第一管段51211连接所述第一管段连接件5122和所述第二管段连接件5123，所述第一管段连接件5122与所述称重组件5110相固定，所述第二管段51212连接所述第二管段连接件5123和所述驱动件5124，所述第二管段连接件5123与所述驱动件5124相固定。
所述加料装置5100用于为烹饪容器提供调料。示例性地，所述烹饪容器包括锅具、加热装置、翻炒装置等。在使用时，所述加料装置5100可以设置在锅具的一侧，并且通过所述输料组件5120与锅具连通，以向锅具供应调料。加热装置能够对投入锅具中的食材进行加热，翻炒装置能对锅具中的食材进行翻炒。
在一些实施例中，所述第一管段51211的至少部分呈柔性以吸收所述驱动件5124运作时产生的振动。
在一些实施例中，所述第一管段51211为软管。
在一些实施例中，所述第二管段51212为软管。
在一些实施例中，所述称重组件5110包括称重传感器5111和负载平台5112，所述负载平台5112设置在所述称重传感器5111上，所述负载平台5112上设置有所述第一管段连接件5122。
在一些实施例中，所述称重传感器5111与所述第二管段51212在水平面上的投影至少部分相重叠。
相应地，本申请的实施例还提供一种加料结构，包括称重组件5110和输料组件5120，所述输料组件5120包括输料管道5121、第一管段连接件5122、第二管段连接件5123和驱动件5124，所述输料管道5121包括第一管段51211和第二管段51212，所述第一管段 51211用于接入调料且连接至所述第二管段连接件5123，所述第二管段51212连接所述第二管段连接件5123和所述驱动件5124，所述第二管段连接件5123与所述驱动件5124相固定。
应用场景五
在应用场景五中，提供有一种加料装置5100，所述加料装置5100包括基座5130、输料管道5121、第二管段连接件5123和驱动件5124，所述输料管道5121被分为第一管段51211和第二管段51212，所述第二管段连接件5123连接在所述第一管段51211和所述第二管段51212之间，所述驱动件5124连接至所述第二管段51212，且所述第二管段连接件5123和所述第二管段51212相固定在所述基座5130上。
应用场景六
在应用场景六中，提供有一种加料装置5100，其结构与应用示例一中大致是相同的。区别在于，所述第一管段51211被设置为软管，所述驱动件5124被设置为蠕动泵，所述蠕动泵运作时将产生振动，振动传递至第一管段51211时，第一管段51211发生摆动以吸收该振动。
应用场景七
在应用场景七中，提供有一种加料装置5100，其结构与应用示例二中大致是相同的。区别在于，还包括第一管段连接件5122。所述第一管段连接件5122与所述称重组件5110相固定。所述第一管段连接件5122用于连接在料盒5140和第一管段51211之间，在此，由于所述第一管段连接件5122是固定设置的，因此其固定所述第一管段51211与其相连的端部，减少振动向料盒5140及与料盒5140相接触的称重组件5110的传递。
应用场景八
在应用场景八中，提供有一种加料装置5100，其结构与应用示例三中大致是相同的。区别在于，所述第二管段51212也被设置为软管。
应用场景九
在应用场景九中，提供有一种烹饪设备，其包括烹饪容器以及前述任一应用示例所示出的加料装置5100。
应用场景十
应用场景十中，提供有一种烹饪设备的使用方法。烹饪时，一控制器控制与料盒5140相对应的蠕动泵运作，以驱动相应的料盒5140中的调料通过输料组件5120输入烹饪容器中，所述称重组件5110通过料盒5140的重量变化来确定用量，在达到预设用量时，控制 器控制蠕动泵停止工作。此时，料盒5140中已被加入预设用量的调料。
在此过程中，由于第一管段51211两端被固定，并且第一管段51211为软管，因此第一管段51211通过摆动吸收了蠕动泵的振动，减少了振动向料盒5140和称重组件5110的传递，提高了称量的准确性。
由于食客对口味的敏感度，调料的稍许变化对烹调效果都有显著影响，因此，能够精确的对加料装置中的各个料盒中调料添加量进行计量，对最终烹饪效果影响显著；而对调料添加进行计量的过程中，由于各种偶尔环境因素，都会对计量精度产生影响；为此，本申请实施例提供了一种可以对加料装置的调料添加中的精准计量的环境因素进行隔离的技术方案。
图31是一种加料装置的示意性结构图。加料装置6100可以应用在烹饪设备中。
加料装置6100包括基座6110、负载平台6113和多个料盒6121至6127。负载平台上表面露出基座6110的上方。多个料盒6121至6127放置在负载平台6113上。
用户将多种调料分别投入各个料盒6121至6127；在本实施例的具体场景中，上述各个料盒中存放的是调料，并且以液态形式存放；各个料盒中具体存放何种调料，可以根据预先设定的存放要求存放，也可以由用户自主选择，并通过烹饪设备的操作界面进行标识。
为了将料盒中的调料加入烹饪设备的烹饪容器中，基座6110内对应每个料盒设置有对应的泵。每个泵用于将其对应的料盒中的调料抽出。
基座6110上设置有料输出接口6111和电接口6112。从料盒抽出的调料可以通过料输出接口6111经输料管道输送至烹饪设备的烹饪容器；电机口6112则连接相关的电源线。
烹饪容器可以位于烹饪设备的主体机；主体机可以通过上述电接口6112为加料装置6100供电，以及进行信号联系。
烹饪设备的主体机与烹饪设备的加料装置6100之间可以进行信息交互；主体机与加料装置6100可以通过有线或无线的方式进行通信。其中，无线通信方式可以为但不限于蓝牙、紫蜂(ZigBee)、无线保真技术(wireless-fidelity，Wi-Fi)等。
主机体与加料装置6100之间通过信息交互可以实现相应的各种功能。比如，设在主机体上的处理器可以基于主机体与加料装置间的信息交互，控制加料装置6100自动向位于主体机的烹饪容器621内添加调料、接收加料装置6100对料盒内是否无料等的检测结果。
加料装置可以设置有称重传感器，以检测各个料盒的出料量。示例性地，可以在料盒6121至6127中每个料盒下方设置称重传感器。在某个料盒出料的过程中，可以根据称重创传感器的检测结果，确定该料盒的出料量。根据该出料量，还可以确定该料盒中是否缺 料，在缺料的情况下提醒用户加料。例如，可以通过异常指示灯闪烁，蜂鸣器发出蜂鸣，或扬声器进行语音播报等方式，提醒用户补充调料。
或者，加料装置中的称重传感器可以用于检测多个料盒6121至6127的总重量。
称重传感器需要在静态环境才能实现精准的重量检测。用户误触料盒，或者由于空气流动使得料盒受到风力作用，都会对称重传感器的检测结果准确度产生影响。从而使得加料装置向烹饪容器中添加的调料量不准确。
菜品中需要的某些调料的用量可能很少，这些调料的添加量对制作的菜品的口感产生很大影响。加料装置向烹饪容器中添加的调料量不准确，可能导致烹饪设备制作的菜品的口感较差，影响用户体验。
为了解决上述问题，本申请实施例提供一种加料装置。下面结合图32至图36，对本申请实施例提供加料装置进行说明。
图32是本申请实施例提供的一种加料装置的基座的示意性结构图。加料装置的基座可以位于加料装置中。加料装置可以是烹饪设备的一部分，该烹饪设备用于实现自动化烹饪，具体可以是一种烹饪机器人。
基座6210包括重传感器6211和限位部6212。
基座6210可以用于放置料盒6220。料盒6220可以用于承载调料。
在所述基座6210内设置有称重传感器6211，称重传感器6211用于检测料盒6220的重量。
基座6210上放置的料盒6220的数量可以是一个或多个，称重传感器6211的数量也可以是一个或多个。每个称重传感器可以用于检测一个或多个料盒的重量。示例性地，称重传感器6211用于检测多个料盒6220的总重量。
基座6210用于支撑防护罩6230。防护罩6230罩住料盒6220。限位部6212用于限制防护罩6230与基座6210的位置关系，以使得防护罩6230与被罩住的料盒6220之间存在空隙。
通过在基座6210上设置限位部6212以使得罩住料盒6220的防护罩6230与料盒6220之间存在空隙，从而防护罩6230不会接触料盒6220，并且能够避免用户误触料盒6220，以及避免外部环境对料盒6220产生影响，从而减小外界因素对称重传感器6211称重结果的影响，提高称重传感器6211对料盒6220的重量检测结果的准确度。
基座6210中还可以设置有传输管道。传输管道用于传输所述料盒6220输出的物料。
传输管道可以与料盒6220一一对应。每个传输管道可以传输对应的料盒中盛装的物料。每个传输管道6213上可以设置有动力装置，为物料在传输管道中的传输提供动力。 动力装置例如可以是蠕动泵。
料盒6220中的物料经传输管道传输可以排出加料装置。
或者，基座6210还可以包括汇料装置。料盒6220中的物料经传输管道可以传输至汇料装置，汇料装置中盛装的物料可以经过输料管道排出加料装置。
所述限位部6212可以有多种实现方案；总体上，限位部6212是设置位于基座6210的侧壁或上表面的结构。以下介绍三种可能的限位部6212实现方式。
方式一，限位部6212可以是设置在基座6210的侧壁的环状凸起。环状凸起的上表面可以支撑防护罩6230的侧壁。限位部6212与基座6210的侧壁配合，可以限制防护罩6230侧壁的位置，从而限制与基座6210的位置关系。
方式二，限位部6212也可以是设置在基座6210上表面的凹槽。凹槽的底部可以支撑防护罩6230的侧壁。也就是说，如果防护罩6230放置在基座6210上，则防护罩6230的侧壁的底部可以位于凹槽中。凹槽的侧壁可以限制防护罩6230侧壁底部的位置，从而限制防护罩6230与基座6210的位置关系。
方式三，限位部6212是位于基座6210上表面的外边缘的下陷的环状台阶面。台阶面可以支撑防护罩6230的侧壁，即防护罩6230的侧壁支撑于台阶面。从而，台阶面的内侧边缘与基座上表面之间的高度差形成的台阶立面可以限制防护罩6230侧壁底部的位置，从而限制防护罩6230与基座6210的位置关系。
与方式一采用的环状凸起的方式相比，将限位部6212设计为基座6210上表面的环状凹槽或下陷的环状台阶面，使得基座6210和防护罩6230的结构更为简单，可以有效降低基座6210和防护罩6230的工艺复杂度。
而对比方式二的环状凹槽与方式三的下陷的环状台阶面这两种形式的限位部6212，将限位部6212设置为下陷的环状台阶面，可以沿着外沿清洁限位部6212，能够使基座6210的清洁过程更为容易。
上述凹槽、以及下陷的环状台阶面可以环绕在料盒6220所在区域6221之外。即如图33所示，凹槽、台阶面的内边缘可以环绕在料盒6220所在区域6221之外。也就是说，凹槽、台阶面环绕在料盒6220并且与料盒6220所在区域6221之间存在第一设定距离，不与区域6221接触。
显然，凹槽(显然开口向上)、下陷的环状台阶面位于基座6210的上表面。料盒6220所在区域6221，可以理解为料盒6220在基座6210的上表面的投影区域。凹槽、台阶面的内边缘环绕在料盒6220所在区域6221之外，防护罩6230采用更为简单的结构即可实现与料盒6220之间的空隙，降低防护罩6230的制造成本。
应当理解，靠近料盒6220在基座6210的上表面的投影区域中心的一侧可以理解为内侧，远离料盒6220在基座6210的上表面的投影区域中心的一侧可以理解为外侧。
示例性地，基座6210可以设置为长方体或圆柱体等具有竖直方向中心轴线的形状。靠近该竖直方向中心轴线的一侧可以理解为内侧，远离该中心轴线的一侧可以理解为外侧。
防护罩6230的侧壁可以从下至上向内侧倾斜。从而，防护罩的制作工艺较为简单，制造成本较低。
在防护罩6230的侧壁可以从下至上向内侧倾斜的情况下，为了避免防护罩6230与料盒6220接触，可以根据防护罩6230侧壁的倾斜程度对凹槽、下陷的环状台阶面的位置进行合理设置，以避免防护罩6230与料盒接触。
具体设置方式为，防护罩6230的侧壁顶端与底端之间倾斜的距离小于台阶面或凹槽的内边缘与料盒6220所在区域6221之间的距离。在上述设置方式下，可以避免防护罩6230的侧壁在基座6210上表面的投影落入料盒6220所在区域6221，从而使得防护罩6230与料盒6220之间存在空隙，避免防护罩6230接触料盒6220。
在限位部6212为位于基座6210上表面的外边缘的下陷的环状台阶面的情况下，防护罩6230的侧壁底部不超出台阶面的外边缘，可以使得包括基座6210、料盒6220和防护罩6230的加料装置的整体形态更加美观，并使得防护罩6230为料盒6220提供更好的密闭性以避免空气流动产生的风力作用在料盒6220上，提高称重传感器6211的检测结果的准确度。
可以通过对台阶面宽度的设置，使得防护罩6230的侧壁底部不超出基座6210的侧壁，即使得防护罩6230的侧壁底部不超出台阶面的外边缘。
示例性地，台阶面与防护罩6230的侧壁底部可以均为圆环，台阶面的宽度可以大于或等于防护罩6230的侧壁底部的内径减去台阶面的内径的差值与防护罩6230的侧壁底部的内外半径差值之和。
如图33所示，台阶面与防护罩6230的侧壁底部的横截面也可以均为长方形，第一方向是与台阶面的一个边垂直的方向，则台阶面该一个边的宽度l2，可以大于或等于沿第一方向防护罩6230的侧壁环状底部的第一内侧距离d1减去沿第一方向环状台阶面的第二内侧距离d2的差值与防护罩6230的侧壁底部的长方形环厚度l1之和。防护罩6230的侧壁底部的长方形环的位于各个边的部分的厚度可以是相等的。
第一内侧距离d1减去第二内侧距离d2的差值，可以理解为防护罩6230沿第一方向的最大移动距离。沿第一方向的最大移动距离，也可以理解为沿第一方向的最大活动范围。 该最大移动距离与防护罩6230的侧壁底部的长方形环厚度l1之和，可以理解为沿第一方向防护罩6230的侧壁底部的最外端与台阶面的内边缘之间的最大距离。
台阶面的宽度l2大于或等于防护罩6230的侧壁底部的最外端与台阶面的内边缘之间的最大距离，则防护罩6230的侧壁底部不会超出基座6210的侧壁。
也就是说，在台阶面沿任一方向的宽度，大于或等于防护罩6230的侧壁底部沿该任一方向的第一内边缘距离减去该台阶面沿该任一方向的第二内边缘距离的差值，与防护罩6230的侧壁底部沿该任一方向的宽度之和的情况下，防护罩6230的侧壁底部不超出台阶面的外边缘。
应当理解，防护罩6230放置在台阶面上，因此第一内边缘距离大于第二内边缘距离。
基座6210还可以包括负载平台。负载平台可以露出基座6210的上表面。负载平台可以用于承载料盒6220，称重传感器6211可以用于检测负载平台承载的物体重量。防护罩6230可以罩住负载平台。限位部6212使得防护罩6230的侧壁与负载平台之间存在空隙。
通过设置负载平台，料盒6220可以放置在负载平台上，称重传感器6211可以用于对负载平台承载料盒6220进行重量检测。负载平台的设置，使得对料盒6220总重量的检测更为简便，并且可以使得料盒6220的放置状态更加平稳。
限位部6212使得防护罩6230的侧壁与负载平台之间存在空隙，避免防护罩6230与负载平台接触，可以避免防护罩6230对称重传感器6211的检测结果产生影响。防护罩6230罩住负载平台，可以避免用户误触负载平台，从而减小外界因素对称重传感器6211称重结果的影响，提高称重传感器6211对料盒6220的重量检测结果的准确度。
负载平台的外边沿环绕料盒6220所在区域，并与该区域具有第二设定距离。从而，负载平台可以为料盒6220提供更稳定的支撑。
所述限位部6212可以设置在基座6210上表面且环绕在负载平台所在区域之外。
凹槽、台阶面的内边缘环绕在负载平台所在区域之外，防护罩6230可以采用更为简单的结构以实现与负载平台之间的空隙，降低防护罩6230的制造成本。
图34是本申请实施例提供的一种加料装置的示意性立体结构图。
在图34所示的加料装置6400中，防护罩6430可以放置在基座6410上。防护罩6430和基座6410的外壳可以采用塑料或其他材料。防护罩6430可以采用面状或网格状结构。采用面状结构，即防护罩6430具有一定密闭性，不仅能够避免用户误触料盒和负载平台，也可以避免料盒和负载平台受到风力或其他作用力。例如，防护罩6430可以采用面状结构的透明塑料材料。
图35是图34所示的加料装置去除防护罩6430后的示意图。
将防护罩6430拿起后，如图35所示，加料装置6400的基座上方可以放置多个料盒6420。该多个料盒6420可以放置在负载平台6440上。负载平台6440露出基座6410的上表面
图36是图34所示的加料装置的截面示意图。
在基座6410内设置有上固定架6413和下固定架6414，下固定架6414可以固定在基座6410内。基座6410内还设置有称重传感器6411，位于上固定架6413和下固定架6414之间。负载平台6440可以固定在上固定架6413上。
也就是说，负载平台6440与上固定架6413可以装配为一体，下固定架6414与基座6410可以装配为一体。
称重传感器6411可以用于检测负载平台6440上承载的物体的重量。多个料盒6420放置在负载平台6440上，即称重传感器6411可以用于多个料盒6420的总重量。
防护罩6430放置在基座6410上方的情况下，防护罩6430罩住负载平台6440和多个料盒6420。通过对防护罩6430与基座6410进行合理的结构设置，使得防护罩6430与负载平台6440之间、与多个料盒6420之间均存在空隙，防护罩6430不会碰到负载平台6440和多个料盒6420。从而，负载平台6440和多个料盒6420均处于相对静止的环境，称重传感器6411对该多个料盒6420总重量的检测不会受到外界干扰，提高称重结果的精度和准确度。
基座6410内还可以设置有传输管道(未示出)。传输管道用于传输多个料盒6420输出的物料。经传输管道的传输，多个料盒6420中盛装的物料可以排出加料装置。
图37是图36所示的加料装置中A区域的放大图。
基座6410上表面的外边缘设置有下陷的环状台阶面6412。台阶面6412支撑防护罩6430的侧壁。
利用台阶面6412限制防护罩6430与基座的相对位置，而台阶面6412的清洁方式较为简便，提高用户清洁加料装置6400所需的时间和成本。
台阶面6412与基座6110上表面之间存在高度差。台阶面6412的内边缘可以通过平面形状或曲面形状的连接面与基座6110的上表面连接。示例性地，该连接面可以从下至上向内侧倾斜。
台阶面6412的内边缘6412a环绕在负载平台6440所在区域的外侧。负载平台6440的外边沿环绕在多个料盒6420所在区域的外侧。负载平台6440的外边沿与多个料盒6420所在区域之间可以存在设定距离。负载平台6440可以为多个料盒6420提供稳定的支撑。
从而，防护罩6430的侧壁底部无需延伸至负载平台6440和多个料盒6420的下方， 可以具有更为简单的结构，制作成本较低。
防护罩6430的侧壁可以沿竖直方向或近似竖直的方向设置。为了降低工艺成本，防护罩6430的侧壁从下至上可以向内侧倾斜。
为了避免防护罩6430与多个料盒6420或负载平台6440接触，防护罩6430的侧壁可以位于负载平台6440所在区域之外。
也就是说，在防护罩放置在基座6410上方时，防护罩6430的侧壁在水平方向的投影可以环绕在负载平台6440所在区域之外。负载平台6440所在区域可以理解为负载平台6440在水平方向上的投影。
示例性地，防护罩6430的侧壁顶端与底端之间倾斜的距离可以小于台阶面6412的内边缘6412a与负载平台6440所在区域之间的距离d3。
负载平台6440的外边沿环绕在多个料盒6420所在区域的外侧，即负载平台6440所在区域包括多个料盒6420所在区域。因此，防护罩6430的侧壁顶端与底端之间倾斜的距离也小于台阶面6412的内边缘6412a与多个料盒6420所在区域之间的距离。
根据防护罩6430的侧壁倾斜程度，确定台阶面6412的内边缘6412a的位置，从而可以降低防护罩6430的制造成本。
防护罩6430的侧壁底部可以设置有向外侧延伸的伸出部6431。设置伸出部6431，可以提高防护罩6430的强度，降低防护罩6430变形或损坏的可能性。
为了加料装置6400整体的美观和使用便利，可以合理设置台阶面6412的宽度，以避免防护罩6430的伸出部6431超出基座6410的侧壁。
台阶面6412的宽度l2可以大于防护罩6430的侧壁底部的厚度l1。
防护罩6430的侧壁底部的厚度l1，可以理解为伸出部6431的最外端与基座6410上表面所在高度处的防护罩的6430侧壁内部位置6430a之间的水平距离。
台阶面6412与防护罩6430的侧壁底部也均为长方形，台阶面的宽度l2可以大于或等于防护罩6430的侧壁底部的第一内侧距离d1减去台阶面6412的第二内侧距离d2的差值与防护罩6430的侧壁底部的长方形环厚度l1之和。防护罩6230的侧壁底部的长方形环的位于各个边的部分的厚度可以是相等的。
第一内侧距离d1可以理解为位置6430a的高度处的防护罩的6430相对的两个内侧侧壁之间的距离。第二内侧距离d2可以理解为用于支撑防护罩的6430该相对的两个内侧侧壁的两段相对的台阶面6412的内边缘之间的距离。
第一内侧距离d1减去第二内侧距离d2的差值，可以理解为防护罩6430沿与长方形某个边的方向的最大移动距离。该最大移动距离与防护罩6430的侧壁底部的长方形环厚度l1 之和，可以理解为沿该方向伸出部6431的最外端与台阶面的内边缘之间的最大距离。
台阶面的宽度l2大于或等于伸出部6431最外端与台阶面的内边缘之间的最大距离，则伸出部6431不会超出基座6410的侧壁。
本申请实施例还提供一种加料装置，包括防护罩、料盒和上文所述的基座。
本申请实施例还提供一种烹饪设备，所述烹饪设备包括烹饪容器以及前文所述的加料装置。
结合具体的应用场景对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行说明。
应用场景十一
烹饪设备被启动以开始烹饪一菜品。在烹饪过程中，烹饪设备的控制器输出出料指示信息，以使得加料装置的多个料盒中的装盐水和装糖水的两个料盒依次出料。称重传感器对该多个料盒的总重量进行周期性检测，处理器根据称重传感器的检测结果确定料盒的实际出料量。从而，实现对料盒进行出料量的监控。加料装置的防护罩罩住该多个料盒，并且防护罩与该多个料盒之间存在空隙。用户在装盐水和装糖水的两个料盒出料的过程中碰触加料装置，不会称重传感器的检测结果产生影响，提高对料盒出料量检测的准确度。
以上步骤所提供的介绍，只是用于帮助理解本申请的方法、结构及核心思想。对于本技术领域内的普通技术人员来说，在不脱离本申请原理的前提下，还可以对本申请进行若干改进和修饰，这些改进和修饰也同样属于本申请权利要求保护范围之内。

Claims (15)

  1. 一种加料控制方法，其特征在于，用于控制加料装置向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，所述加料装置包括多个料盒，所述方法包括：
    获取出料指示信息，所述出料指示信息用于指示目标料盒为多个料盒中的当前出料的料盒；
    根据用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及所述出料指示信息，计算所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量，以及所述目标料盒的出料量理论值，确定所述目标料盒中是否缺料。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述加料装置还包括与各所述料盒对应的排料管，各所述排料管对应连接有驱动单元，各所述驱动单元用于驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出至所述烹饪容器，各所述驱动单元分别配置有圈数检测器件，各所述圈数检测器件用于检测对应的驱动单元在驱动对应的料盒内的调料通过对应的排料管排出的过程中的运转圈数，各所述料盒还分别连通有对应的补料设备，各所述补料设备内存储有与对应的料盒内的调料种类相同的调料；所述方法还包括：
    确定待补充调料的目标料盒、针对于所述目标料盒内的目标调料的目标需求量以及待添加的目标调料的目标加料量；所述目标加料量未大于所述目标需求量；
    若所述目标需求量未小于预设的基准加料量，则根据所述目标加料量确定与所述目标料盒的目标排料管对应的目标驱动单元的总运转圈数；
    控制所述目标料盒对应的目标补料设备向所述目标料盒补充目标调料；
    控制所述目标驱动单元驱动所述目标料盒内补充的目标调料通过所述目标排料管排出，获取所述目标驱动单元对应的目标圈数检测器件在所述目标驱动单元将所述目标料盒内补充的目标调料排出的过程中的当前运转圈数；
    根据所述当前运转圈数和所述总运转圈数，控制所述目标驱动单元的运转。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述加料装置还包括称重组件以及与各所述料盒对应的排料管，所述称重组件用于称量各所述料盒的总重量，各所述排料管用于传输对应的料盒内的调料，各所述排料管分别配置有流量检测单元，各所述流量检测单元用于检测对应的排料管内传输的调料流量，所述方法还包括：
    确定待添加的目标调料的目标料盒、所述目标调料的目标加料量以及所述目标加料量对应的目标调料流量；
    控制所述目标料盒内的目标调料通过与所述目标料盒对应的目标排料管排出，获取所述称重组件称量的所述目标料盒内的目标调料通过所述目标排料管排出的过程中的当前重量值；
    若所述当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的变化大于预设的变化阈值，则获取与所述目标排料管对应的目标流量检测单元检测的所述目标料盒内的目标调料通过所述目标排料管排出的过程中的当前调料流量；
    根据所述当前调料流量和所述目标调料流量，控制所述目标料盒内的目标调料通过所述目标排料管排出。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述加料装置还包括称重组件，各所述料盒配置有对应的排料管，所述称重组件用于称量各所述料盒的总重量，所述方法还包括：
    确定待清洁的目标排料管；
    控制与所述目标排料管对应的目标料盒内的清洁液体通过所述目标排料管排出；
    获取所述称重组件称量的所述目标排料管将所述目标料盒内的清洁液体排出过程中的当前重量值；
    若所述当前重量值与前一时刻的重量值之间的重量变化小于预设的变化阈值，则确定完成对所述目标排料管的清洁。
  6. 一种加料装置，其特征在于，用于向烹饪设备的烹饪容器添加调料，所述加料装置包括：
    多个料盒；
    获取单元，用于获取出料指示信息，所述出料指示信息用于指示多个料盒中的目标料盒，以及启动出料过程；
    计算单元，用于根据用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量的称重传感器的检测结果，以及所述出料指示信息，计算所述目标料盒当前的实际出料量。
  7. 一种加料装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器和存储器；
    所述存储器用于存储程序，所述处理器调用存储器存储的程序，以执行权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法。
  8. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序和数据，所述程序被处理器执行，用于实现权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法。
  9. 一种加料系统，其特征在于，所述加料系统包括加料装置和控制端，所述控制端与所述加料装置通信连接，用于控制所述加料装置执行加料操作，并实现权利要求1-5任一项所述的加料控制方法。
  10. 一种烹饪设备，其特征在于，所述烹饪设备包括烹饪容器、加料装置以及输料管组 件；
    所述加料装置包括加料装置和控制端，所述加料装置包括多个料盒以及与各所述料盒对应的排料管，各所述排料管分别与所述输料管组件连通，以通过所述输料管组件向所述烹饪容器添加烹饪所需调料；
    所述加料装置还包括存储器和处理器，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时，用于实现权利要求1-5任一项所述的加料控制方法。
  11. 一种加料装置，其特征在于，包括：用料量检测单元、称重传感器和多个料盒，
    所述称重传感器用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量；
    所述用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据所述出料指示信息、以及所述称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；所述目标料盒是所述出料指示信息指示的在所述多个料盒中当前出料的料盒。
  12. 一种烹饪设备，其特征在于，包括权利要求11所述的加料装置。
  13. 一种烹饪设备，其特征在于，包括加料装置和烹饪容器，其中，
    所述加料装置包括，
    称重组件，包括称重传感器；
    多个料盒，设置在所述称重组件上，所述称重传感器用于检测所述多个料盒的总重量；
    用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据所述出料指示信息、以及所述称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；所述目标料盒是所述出料指示信息指示的在所述多个料盒中当前出料的料盒；
    至少两个输料组件，所述输料组件与所述料盒一一对应，每一所述输料组件均包括输料管道、第一管段连接件、第二管段连接件和驱动件，所述输料管道包括第一管段和第二管段，所述第一管段连接件与所述称重组件相固定，对应的所述料盒连接至所述第一管段连接件，所述第一管段连接所述第一管段连接件和所述第二管段连接件，所述第二管段连接所述第二管段连接件和所述驱动件，所述驱动件的下游连接至所述烹饪容器，所述第二管段连接件与所述驱动件相固定。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的烹饪设备，其特征在于，所述第一管段的至少部分呈柔性；所述第一管段为软管；所述第二管段为软管；所述称重组件包括称重传感器，所述称重传感器与所述第二管段在水平面上的投影至少部分重叠。
  15. 一种加料结构，其特征在于，包括，
    称重组件，包括称重传感器，所述称重传感器用于检测所述称重组件上多个料盒的总重量；
    用料量检测单元，用于获取出料指示信息，根据所述出料指示信息、以及所述称重传感器的检测结果，计算目标料盒当前的实际出料量；所述目标料盒是所述出料指示信息指示的在所述多个料盒中当前出料的料盒；
    至少两组输料组件，所述输料组件包括输料管道、第一管段连接件、第二管段连接件和驱动件，所述输料管道包括第一管段和第二管段，所述第一管段连接件用于接入调料，所述第一管段连接所述第一管段连接件和所述第二管段连接件，所述第二管段连接所述第二管段连接件和所述驱动件，所述驱动件的下游用于连接至烹饪容器，所述第一管段连接件与所述称重组件相固定，所述第二管段连接件与所述驱动件相固定。
PCT/CN2023/111831 2022-08-09 2023-08-08 加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质 WO2024032634A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210953321.8A CN117617791A (zh) 2022-08-09 2022-08-09 用于烹饪设备的添料装置、用料量检测方法和装置
CN202210951444.8A CN117617752A (zh) 2022-08-09 2022-08-09 供料装置、烹饪设备及供料结构
CN202210951444.8 2022-08-09
CN202210953321.8 2022-08-09
CN202210984023.5A CN117617792A (zh) 2022-08-16 2022-08-16 用于添料装置的底座，以及添料装置、烹饪设备
CN202210984023.5 2022-08-16
CN202211056655.1A CN117652861A (zh) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN202211056655.1 2022-08-31
CN202211071813.0A CN117652839A (zh) 2022-09-01 2022-09-01 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN202211061205.1A CN117652835A (zh) 2022-09-01 2022-09-01 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN202211061205.1 2022-09-01
CN202211071813.0 2022-09-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032634A1 true WO2024032634A1 (zh) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/111831 WO2024032634A1 (zh) 2022-08-09 2023-08-08 加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024032634A1 (zh)

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20140107068A (ko) * 2013-02-27 2014-09-04 (주)에프에스시스템 음식물 양념 자동 토출기 및 그 디바이스의 애플리케이션 실행 방법
CN206151210U (zh) * 2016-08-18 2017-05-10 天津市发现者厨房机器人科技有限公司 一种烹饪机器人加料装置
CN211609305U (zh) * 2020-01-09 2020-10-02 葛文化 可称重的料盒
CN212853296U (zh) * 2020-03-31 2021-04-02 海信集团有限公司 一种智能调料盒及厨电智能系统
WO2021204115A1 (zh) * 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 添可智能科技有限公司 数据生成方法、处理方法和执行方法及设备
WO2022089333A1 (en) * 2020-10-30 2022-05-05 Tineco Intelligent Technology Co., Ltd. Internet-of-things device
CN114532832A (zh) * 2022-03-04 2022-05-27 添可智能科技有限公司 烹饪设备和加料控制方法
CN114847781A (zh) * 2022-06-13 2022-08-05 添可智能科技有限公司 加料设备、加料控制方法及针对烹饪设备的控制方法
CN115429116A (zh) * 2022-10-11 2022-12-06 添可智能科技有限公司 管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN115568775A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2023-01-06 添可智能科技有限公司 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN116115094A (zh) * 2022-12-06 2023-05-16 江苏飞膳科技有限公司 投料装置、投料方法和烹饪设备
CN116392021A (zh) * 2023-04-18 2023-07-07 华帝股份有限公司 调料投放的控制方法、设备、自动炒菜机和调料投放系统

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20140107068A (ko) * 2013-02-27 2014-09-04 (주)에프에스시스템 음식물 양념 자동 토출기 및 그 디바이스의 애플리케이션 실행 방법
CN206151210U (zh) * 2016-08-18 2017-05-10 天津市发现者厨房机器人科技有限公司 一种烹饪机器人加料装置
CN211609305U (zh) * 2020-01-09 2020-10-02 葛文化 可称重的料盒
CN212853296U (zh) * 2020-03-31 2021-04-02 海信集团有限公司 一种智能调料盒及厨电智能系统
WO2021204115A1 (zh) * 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 添可智能科技有限公司 数据生成方法、处理方法和执行方法及设备
WO2022089333A1 (en) * 2020-10-30 2022-05-05 Tineco Intelligent Technology Co., Ltd. Internet-of-things device
CN114532832A (zh) * 2022-03-04 2022-05-27 添可智能科技有限公司 烹饪设备和加料控制方法
CN114847781A (zh) * 2022-06-13 2022-08-05 添可智能科技有限公司 加料设备、加料控制方法及针对烹饪设备的控制方法
CN115429116A (zh) * 2022-10-11 2022-12-06 添可智能科技有限公司 管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN115568775A (zh) * 2022-10-28 2023-01-06 添可智能科技有限公司 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN116115094A (zh) * 2022-12-06 2023-05-16 江苏飞膳科技有限公司 投料装置、投料方法和烹饪设备
CN116392021A (zh) * 2023-04-18 2023-07-07 华帝股份有限公司 调料投放的控制方法、设备、自动炒菜机和调料投放系统

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN217285409U (zh) 一种烹饪器具及其加料组件
CN215959505U (zh) 能检测菜量的分菜机构及分餐设备
WO2019085206A1 (zh) 一种全自动炒菜机
US11390981B2 (en) Dosing device and system
CN107212758A (zh) 一种智能烹饪设备的自动下料系统
WO2024032634A1 (zh) 加料控制方法及装置、烹饪设备以及存储介质
CN110547709A (zh) 液体调料供料装置及炒菜机
KR20210105371A (ko) 세제 투입장치, 분말세제 및/또는 액체세제 수용·투입용기 및 해당 시스템
CN109846333A (zh) 一种带有补偿功能的全自动蒸煮设备及其工作方法
CN210176055U (zh) 一种自动分餐具分饭分菜生产线
CN115429116A (zh) 管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN209826428U (zh) 调料机
CN115568775A (zh) 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN114847781A (zh) 加料设备、加料控制方法及针对烹饪设备的控制方法
US11445885B2 (en) Dosing device and system
KR20110115402A (ko) 분유 디스펜서
CN115607027A (zh) 加料装置、调料量确定方法、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN110754950A (zh) 水淀粉下料装置、烹饪装置及水淀粉的回收方法
CN211130787U (zh) 液体调料供料装置及炒菜机
CN218390860U (zh) 用于添料装置的底座以及添料装置、烹饪设备
CN117652839A (zh) 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN117652861A (zh) 管路清洁方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备
CN210249616U (zh) 一种应用于智能分布式调味机的内部结构
CN219147411U (zh) 用于智能炒菜机中的粉料自动下料器
CN117898615A (zh) 加料控制方法、加料装置、加料系统及烹饪设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851855

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1